This is only a preview of the September 2025 issue of Silicon Chip. You can view 42 of the 104 pages in the full issue, including the advertisments. For full access, purchase the issue for $10.00 or subscribe for access to the latest issues. Items relevant to "Power Breakout for PICkit Basic":
Articles in this series:
Items relevant to "HomeAssistant, Part 1":
Items relevant to "HomeAssistant Satellite":
Articles in this series:
Items relevant to "Ducted Heat Transfer Controller Part 2":
Items relevant to "USB-C Power Monitor, Part 2":
Purchase a printed copy of this issue for $14.00. |
SEPTEMBER 2025
ISSN 1030-2662
09
The VERY BEST DIY Projects!
9 771030 266001
$14 00* NZ $14 90
INC GST
INC GST
AERIAL DRONES
the latest hobby, commercial, military and passenger drones
PICkit Basic Programmer
Microchip’s new low-cost programmer &
how to add a 3.3/5V power breakout board
Pendant Speaker
A high-performance hanging speaker with
a 170mm woofer and 90W power rating
HomeAssistant
Run your own fully featured home
automation system using a Raspberry Pi
USB-C Power Monitor
Measure voltage, current , power and
energy for nearly all USB-C devices
ALL NEW CATALOGUE!
It’s Back & PRINTED
Exciting news! The Jaycar Engineering & Scientific Catalogue has returned, and it’s our
biggest issue yet, with 604 pages packed full of the latest products, components, and tools.
ONLY
9
$ 95
^
The catalogue will be available for purchase from
our stores or online. Prefer digital? A convenient
flipbook version will also be available online.
www.jaycar.com.au | www.jaycar.co.nz
Australia
New Zealand
BJ5000 $9.95
BJ5002: $11.90
Scan the QR Code or visit:
AU: jaycar.com.au/p/BJ5000 NZ: jaycar.co.nz/p/BJ5002
Limited print run. Be quick before they sell out!
^Price Shown in AUD - NZ price is $11.90
Contents
Vol.38, No.09
September 2025
16 Aerial Drones
Drones are commonly used in commercial applications, like aerial
photography. We cover the technological advances that drones have
undergone, along with some of the latest types.
By Dr David Maddison, VK3DSM
Unmanned aerial vehicles
PICkit Basic
with Power
Breakout
33 The MPLAB PICkit Basic
Microchip’s MPLAB PICkit Basic is their newest programmer/debugger
for use with version 6.25 of the MPLAB X IDE. It uses the familiar 8-pin
connector and comes with an optional SWD (serial wire debug) adaptor.
Review by Tim Blythman
Microcontroller programmer/debugger
48 HomeAssistant, Part 1
Pages 33 & 38
Page 42
Here’s how to set up your own fully featured home automation system
using a Raspberry Pi.
By Richard Palmer
Home automation
62 Amplifier Cooling, Part 2
For the second and final part of this series, we show you how we modified
an existing amplifier design to improve its cooling.
By Julian Edgar
Electronic system design
38 Power Breakout for PICkit Basic
Since the PICkit Basic programmer can’t provide power to a connected chip,
you can build this handy adaptor board. It supplies 3.3V & 5V from a USB-C
cable and connects inline with the programmer.
By Tim Blythman
Adaptor project
42 Pendant Speaker, Part 1
This high-performance speaker can be mounted up on a roof or ceiling
and is built into a pre-made enclosure. It uses a 170mm woofer with dome
tweeter and has a 90W continuous output rating.
By Julian Edgar
Audio project
54 HomeAssistant Satellite
This companion project can be used to wirelessly connect different
sensors, displays and more to a HomeAssistant-based system.
By Richard Palmer
Home automation project
68 Ducted Heat Transfer Controller
Improve the energy efficiency of your home by transferring warm or cool air
between rooms automatically using this smart controller.
Part 2 by Julian Edgar & John Clarke
Home automation project
78 USB-C Power Monitor, Part 2
Measure voltage, current, power and energy supplied to nearly all USB-C
devices with readings up to 60V, ±5A, 300W and 999999J.
By Tim Blythman
Test & measurement project
Pendant Speaker
2
Editorial Viewpoint
4
Mailbag
15
Subscriptions
76
Circuit Notebook
85
Online Shop
86
Serviceman’s Log
92
Vintage Radio
100
Ask Silicon Chip
103
Market Centre
104
Advertising Index
104
Notes & Errata
1. UV monitor using an ATtiny85
2. Emergency light using a supercap
3. Switching between 115V & 230V AC
Pye PHA 520 “Colombo Plan” radio
by Alby Thomas & Ian Batty
SILICON
SILIC
CHIP
www.siliconchip.com.au
Publisher/Editor
Nicholas Vinen
Technical Editor
John Clarke – B.E.(Elec.)
Technical Staff
Bao Smith – B.Sc.
Tim Blythman – B.E., B.Sc.
Advertising Enquiries
(02) 9939 3295
adverts<at>siliconchip.com.au
Regular Contributors
Allan Linton-Smith
Dave Thompson
David Maddison – B.App.Sc. (Hons 1),
PhD, Grad.Dip.Entr.Innov.
Geoff Graham
Associate Professor Graham Parslow
Dr Hugo Holden – B.H.B, MB.ChB.,
FRANZCO
Ian Batty – M.Ed.
Phil Prosser – B.Sc., B.E.(Elec.)
Cartoonist
Louis Decrevel
loueee.com
Founding Editor (retired)
Leo Simpson – B.Bus., FAICD
Silicon Chip is published 12 times
a year by Silicon Chip Publications
Pty Ltd. ACN 626 922 870. ABN 20
880 526 923. All material is copyright ©. No part of this publication
may be reproduced without the written
consent of the publisher.
Subscription rates (Australia only)
6 issues (6 months): $72.50
12 issues (1 year):
$135
24 issues (2 years):
$255
Online subscription (Worldwide)
6 issues (6 months): $52.50
12 issues (1 year):
$100
24 issues (2 years):
$190
For overseas rates, see our website or
email silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
* recommended & maximum price only
Postal address: PO Box 194,
Matraville, NSW 2036.
Phone: (02) 9939 3295.
ISSN: 1030-2662
Editorial Viewpoint
What is ferrite?
My editorial in the April 2025 issue was titled “Ferrite beads are not inductors”. It explained that while
ferrite is used in both inductor cores and beads, their
functions are different. In it, I wrote: “Ferrite is a ceramic
material that contains iron oxide.” This is true, but it’s
a very simplified explanation.
In response, a reader wrote in to say: “Ferrite beads
are very rarely iron oxide. They are, in the main, MnZn
and NiZn, with other exotics being used. Also, you can buy iron powder beads
(not an oxide), which are in fact used for their inductance, among other things.”
This comment makes a few interesting points worth examining.
First, are ferrite beads “rarely iron oxide”, and are they really made of “MnZn”
or “NiZn”? In my editorial, I didn’t claim that ferrite is iron oxide; only that it
contains it. That distinction is important.
Ferrite refers to a family of ceramic materials with a particular crystal structure – the spinel structure – which incorporates iron (Fe) and oxygen (O), along
with other metal ions like manganese (Mn), nickel (Ni), zinc (Zn), or cobalt (Co).
The only pure-iron spinel is magnetite (Fe3O4), but it’s unsuitable for most
magnetic core applications due to its relatively low resistivity and poor high-
frequency performance. Commercial ferrites, by contrast, are mixed-metal
oxides; engineered ceramics with general formulas like (Mn1-×Zn×)Fe2O4 or
(Ni1-×Zn×)Fe2O4, where x typically ranges from 0.2 to 0.6.
These additional metal ions are not just incidental. First, the spinel structure doesn’t form correctly without them. Second, they profoundly affect the
material’s magnetic and electrical properties: permeability, losses, Curie temperature, resistivity and more. That’s why ferrites are tailored for specific roles,
from switchmode transformers to EMI suppression.
You may have noticed ferrite cores labelled with codes like N27, N49, N87,
N90, N97 (TDK/EPCOS), 3C90, 3C94, 4A11, 4C65 (Ferroxcube), or #31, #43,
#61, #77 (Fair-Rite). These designations reflect specific ferrite formulations and
performance characteristics.
Some are optimised for low core losses at 100kHz, others for high resistivity and EMI suppression into the MHz range. Designers don’t always need to
understand the chemistry, but they must choose the right material by referring
to the datasheet. So, in a sense, the reader is correct: ferrite is not just one compound, nor is it just “iron oxide”. It’s a highly engineered family of materials.
As for powdered iron “beads”, I didn’t mention them in the previous editorial because their function is fundamentally different. Powdered iron is a
metallic material (not a ceramic), with much lower resistivity and different
loss characteristics.
These components are usually used as inductors, not EMI suppression beads.
They are relatively uncommon; I’ve never knowingly encountered one in a circuit, or if I did, it was indeed labelled as an inductor, which is appropriate.
The bottom line is that ferrite is a fascinating and versatile material, and
many people who use it – whether in beads or transformer cores – may not be
fully aware of how varied and finely tuned its properties can be.
Cover image: https://pixabay.com/photos/dji-farming-agriculture-drone-4223416/
by Nicholas Vinen
Subscription Prices, effective 01/09/2025
New Prices Print (AU)
Printing and Distribution:
24-26 Lilian Fowler Pl, Marrickville 2204
2
Silicon Chip
Combined (AU) Print (NZ)
Combined (NZ) RoW
6-month $72.50
$82.50
$85
$95
$105
12-month $135
$155
$160
$180
$200
24-month $255
$280
$300
$335
$390
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
MAILBAG
your feedback
Letters and emails should contain complete name, address and daytime phone number. Letters to the Editor are submitted on the condition that
Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd has the right to edit, reproduce in electronic form, and communicate these letters. This also applies to submissions to “Ask Silicon Chip”, “Circuit Notebook” and “Serviceman’s Log”.
Short Circuits book PDFs are available for free
In Ask Silicon Chip for July 2025, there was a query
from R. K. in New Zealand regarding kit instructions for a
design published in Jaycar’s Short Circuits book. It seems
that Jaycar has, in recent times, made the Short Circuits
books downloadable for free – see the bottom of the page
at www.jaycar.com.au/short-circuits
John Hunter, Hazelbrook, NSW.
The Eddystone EC10 in Antarctica
I was very interested to read the article on the Eddystone
EC10 Receiver (July 2025; siliconchip.au/Article/18526).
My experience with this receiver goes back to 1974, when I
worked on a glaciology project on the permanent ice about
40km from Casey Station in Antarctica, near a place called
Cape Folger.
The receiver was housed in a sled-mounted caravan while
we drilled two boreholes in the ice down to a depth of a
little over 300m. My colleagues and I used the receiver to
obtain time signals to keep our watches on time.
This photo shows the EC10 sitting on a shelf above my
amateur radio equipment (Yaesu FT101) and a transmitter
power amplifier. There is another radio transceiver on the
top shelf, covering the lower end of the HF band, used for
communication back to the station. The photo was developed and printed at Casey Station.
Keith Gooley, VK5OQ, Yattalunga, SA.
4
Silicon Chip
EA & Silicon Chip magazine giveaway
I have a complete set of Electronics Australia and Silicon
Chip magazines from 1970 to 2017 to give away, all in good
condition. If anyone is interested, they can email silicon<at>
siliconchip.com.au and pass on their details.
John Charlton, Middleton, Tas.
Hints on EC10 alignment and fixing broken slugs
I am very familiar with the Eddystone EC10 (Vintage
Radio, July 2025); I have three. I spent some years perfecting their alignments and built test jigs to find the best possible replacement transistors for the tin-whisker-affected
original parts. There are some things about this radio,
especially regarding its RF coils and slugs, that are not
well understood.
The first is that the slugs in the RF coils have two possible
alignment positions at resonance. This is because the coupling coil is placed on one side of the resonant coil. Therefore, the coil can be set to resonance with two positions
of the slug projecting from either side of the resonant coil.
In one of the two cases, there is a higher degree of coupling
to the coupling coil, which increases the drive energy to the
next stage, thus increasing the gain, and lowers the bandwidth only a little. I don’t think the manufacturer stated
which is the correct position, so most technicians assume
that it is the first resonant peak as the slug is screwed in
from the top.
In reality, though, improved gain is achieved in the second position. So Ian Batty might be surprised at the changes
in performance, depending on how the slugs are set.
Also, if metal hex tools are used on these hollow slugs,
they can fracture along their long axis. There is a specific
method to remove these without damaging the coils. When
the slug is cracked on the long axis, it won’t rotate because
the tool forces the two fragments apart, and the sharp fractured thread edges bind into the threads in the former. It
creates an extremely effective rotational brake.
To get them out, it is best to cut down a wooden chopstick (by hand, with a scalpel) to make a timber hex tool.
Then apply epoxy resin (eg, 24-hour Araldite) to it; not
too much, just enough to glue the inner faces of the slug
to the flat faces of the chopstick. If too much glue is used,
it will migrate into the crack faces toward the thread; then
it is game over.
After it sets, the slug will unscrew because rotation of the
chopstick tool cannot cause expansion of the slug halves or
fragments away from each other because they are glued to it.
I never use Teflon as a ferrite slug locker. The trouble
is that it is not springy or elastic, and it does not provide
a constant force. It is also difficult to get exactly the right
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
amount so that the slug is not too loose or too tight. An
elastic locking method is preferable.
To lock the slugs while still making them easy to adjust,
it is better to place a very small diameter soft white rubber
elastic cord beside the slug. This is actually what Eddystone had in the first place, but those original rubber cords
perished over time.
Thin rubber cord is readily available; you can get it by
removing the cotton covering from shirring elastic, often
used in the elastic bands on underwear etc. It is readily
available as single cords, or taken from flat multi-cord elastic bands sold in the sewing shops or on eBay.
Far and away the best transistor to replace the originals
in the RF systems is the AF178. No circuit changes are
required, and these parts generally have higher gain and
lower noise than the originals, making it perform better,
especially on the higher shortwave bands. Also, they look
more the part, similar in size to the originals, rather than
the AF125-AF127 series, which are smaller.
I have a lot more information on these radios, including
how to make a suitable buffer for the local oscillator to gain
a feed for an external counter etc. I have also designed and
built entire radios with the same design philosophy as the
EC-10, because I really admire it as a radio. This is documented in the PDF at siliconchip.au/link/ac7u
Dr Hugo Holden, Buddina, Qld.
SSB Shortwave Radio project appreciated
I want to thank you for publishing the fascinating
SSB Receiver project (June & July 2025; siliconchip.au/
Series/441). The electronically switched receiving antenna
tuner, in particular, was new to me. It is refreshing to see
an amateur radio related project in your pages.
Peter Marks, VK3TPM, Drummond, Vic.
A lucky strike
I was reading Charles Kosina’s water pump repair in the
Serviceman’s Log column, July 2025, reminded me of an
incident that happened over 55 years ago when I was still
young and lived at home in NSW.
Outside our house was a poser pole that had consumers’ mains connecting to our house and both the immediate neighbour’s houses. This pole was struck by lightning and the result was spectacular. The pole was blown
to pieces, with the roadway and our front yard covered in
pieces of the pole.
Luckily, it was a dead-end street with very little traffic,
so no cars were damaged in the incident. The power pole
had to be replaced, and we had no power while this was
happening.
Surprisingly, not much electrical damage resulted from
the strike. The neighbour on one side had their fridge
blown up, the neighbour on the other side had their electricity meter blown up, and our TV was damaged. The TV
was a monochrome valve HMV set and amazingly, the
only damage that it suffered was the power switch on the
front of the TV.
My mother called the serviceman. He found the fault,
and he was surprised that the set still worked. He did not
have a new switch with him, as it was a push-on, push-off
type with some special characteristic, so he had to order
a new switch.
ourPCB
LOCAL SERVICE <at> OVERSEAS PRICES
AUSTRALIA
PCB Manufacturing
Full Turnkey Assembly
Wiring Harnesses
Solder Paste Stencils
small or large volume orders
premium-grade wiring
low cost PCB assembly
laser-cut and electropolished
Instant Online Buying of Prototype PCBs
www.ourpcb.com.au
6
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
0417 264 974
siliconchip.com.au
Travel Gear 4 Less.
Get the latest gear before you go.
65W Go Anywhere Power Bank
Jumbo
54Wh
capacity!
A handy 65W power delivery charger with 15W mag safe compatible wireless
charging. Charges phones, laptops, tablets and more! Plus it comes with global
mains travel adapters for recharging wherever you travel. All supplied in a
handy zip up case. 54Wh / 15000mAh.
✅ Works in 180+ countries!
✅ 15W magnetic wireless charging pad.
✅ 65W PD output for laptops.
✅ Inbuilt USB C charging cable.
✅ Zip-up carry case.
129
$
SAVE
$33
A0323
20W Go Anywhere Power Bank
Magnetic wireless charging for your phone and watch, plus standard 20W USB
power delivery (PD) output for fast charging anywhere you go. Plus it comes
with global mains travel adapters for recharging wherever you travel.
All supplied in a handy zip up case. 27Wh / 10000mAh.
✅ Works in 180+ countries!
✅ 15W magnetic wireless charging pad.
✅ 20W PD output for laptops.
✅ Inbuilt USB C charging cable.
✅ Zip-up carry case.
A 0319A
79 $20
$
Outbound
Travel
Adapters
Wireless Charging Stand
Handy bedside charger - folds up
for travel use. A powerful all in
one charging stand for you to keep
your watch, earbuds and phone
charged up and ready to go when
you need it.
Why pay airport prices?
Pick up all the power
adapters you need for
less than $10ea!
A0304A AU to Japan/US
A 0305A AU to US 3 pin
A 0306A AU to Euro
A 0307A AU to UK
SAVE
9
$ .95
50
$
SAVE
15%
D 2325A*
Your electronics supplier since 1976.
Shop in-store at one of our 11 locations around Australia:
WA » PERTH » JOONDALUP » CANNINGTON » MIDLAND » MYAREE » BALCATTA
VIC » SPRINGVALE » AIRPORT WEST QLD » VIRGINIA NSW » AUBURN SA » PROSPECT
Or shop online 24/7 <at> altronics.com.au
Build It Yourself Electronics Centre®
© Altronics 2025. E&OE. Prices stated herein are only valid until 30/9/25 or until stocks run out. Prices include GST and exclude freight and insurance. See latest catalogue for freight rates.
In the meantime, he bypassed the switch so that we
could still use the TV by switching it on and off at the
power point. He later returned and replaced the switch,
and the TV was back to normal. It appears that the power
pole itself took most of the impact from the lightning,
most likely because it had been soaked by rain before the
lightning hit it.
Bruce Pierson, Dundathu, Qld.
More details on the Silvertone AM/FM radio
I read with interest Associate Professor Graham Parslow’s
article on the Silvertone Model 18 AM/FM radio in the
August 2025 issue (siliconchip.au/Article/18646). I noticed
that the article did not describe the dual-passband design
of the first FM IF amplifier (V4). This stage can amplify
either a 455kHz AM IF signal or a 10.7MHz FM IF signal
with no circuit switching.
Filtering of the IF component is provided by C27/C28
(100pF), not C3 (4μF), which has such a high value that it
would filter out all the signals, including the desired program audio.
Also note that resistor R22 and capacitor C29 provide
the de-emphasis function, as specified in the FM broadcast standard.
For a complete description of the ratio detector and
dual-passband IF strips, see my article in the August 2021
issue on the Bush VTR103 AM/FM radio (siliconchip.au/
Article/14999).
Ian Batty, Rosebud, Vic.
Automatic LQ Meter with current-limited supply
I noticed that the switch-mode voltage regulator in the
Automatic LQ Meter (July 2024 issue; siliconchip.au/
Article/16321) doesn’t like starting with a current-limited
power supply.
I set my power supply current limit to 100mA initially,
and it just maxed out. It did the same at 200mA. I thought
there was a short circuit on the board, but I couldn’t find
anything. At 500mA, it started OK. My power also supply
ramps up the voltage over about 50ms rather than applying it quickly, which probably doesn’t help.
Hopefully, this information will assist if others experience behaviour.
Mike Hammer, Mordialloc, Vic.
Comment: it’s common for switch-mode converters,
especially boost converters like the MCP1661 in this circuit, to fail to start and draw high currents if the supply
is current-limited.
It is because they increase their duty cycle in response
to the input voltage dropping to try to regulate the output
voltage. This creates a positive feedback loop – the output
voltage initially doesn’t reach as its target, so it increases
the duty cycle, drawing more current.
The power supply reduces the supply voltage in response,
to try to reduce the current drawn by the load, forcing the
boost converter to increase its duty cycle further. It ends
up at its maximum duty cycle, while failing to achieve the
target voltage.
A trick for loading USB serial drivers in Windows
With regards to Geoff Coppa’s letter in June 2025’s Mailbag (Serial driver trick for Windows 7), I’ve seen a similar problem a few times now when connecting a piece of
8
Silicon Chip
scientific equipment to a computer running Windows (also
USB-to-serial adaptors). I was able to find an easy fix online
and am wondering if the same solution might also apply
to the Programmable Frequency Divider.
Windows applications can access a USB device via either
the D2XX DLL (allowing direct access to the device), or an
emulated serial port, but not both. For devices requiring a
serial port, the Virtual COM Port (VCP) driver is automatically loaded by Windows. But sometimes, the driver isn’t
enabled as default.
In this case, the device appears in the “Universal Serial
Bus Controller” section of Device Manager instead of in the
“Ports (COM & LPT)” section, and isn’t assigned a COM port.
The fix is to locate the device in the “Universal Serial
Bus Controller” section (if you’re unsure, unplug the
physical device and see which item disappears). Rightclick the correct device and select “Properties”. Under the
“Advanced” tab, you should see a configuration box that
says “Load VCP”.
Place a tick in the box to enable it, then press OK. Now
when you unplug and replug the USB device, the correct
VCP driver should load and a new COM port will appear
under “Ports (COM & LPT)”. I don’t have a Programmable
Frequency Divider to try out, but this simple procedure is
worth a try in case the fault is caused by the same problem.
Peter Ihnat, Wollongong, NSW.
A long history of electronics enthusiasm
I have been a subscriber to Radio & Hobbies, Electronics
Australia, and Silicon Chip magazines since their inception and have enjoyed all of them. But I can no longer see
to read them, so I must discontinue subscribing. I am the
most appreciative owner of the following kits that I put
together. They are still going (I have repaired them a few
times each):
• An 8+8 stereo amplifier from Radio & Hobbies. The
output of this amp is accomplished by two sets of matched
AD161/162 germanium transistors.
• A Playmaster AM-FM Stereo Tuner/Clock.
• A Silicon Chip LP Doctor (Dick Smith Electronics kit
K5425).
• A Mullard 10+10 valve stereo amp using 6GW8 valves.
• Plus many, many other kits, CDI ignitions, signal generators, pulse generators etc.
Once again folks, thanks for the enjoyment you all have
given me. But I am too old now to appreciate the articles.
Mick Olden, Wyndham, WA.
Thumbs up to detailed project design descriptions
I really enjoyed the SmartProbe article in the July 2025
issue (siliconchip.au/Article/18515). I am interested in
voltage monitoring, particularly accurate, low-power monitoring of batteries. So, as well as wanting to build one or
two of these probes, I am interested in using the circuit for
battery monitoring.
The fact that the article was very detailed is very useful
in adapting it to other uses. I liked how it went into detail
on how the goal of 27μA idle consumption was met and
exceeded. Each section of the circuit was explained in terms
of achieving low consumption, including how the software
was used to change modes of pins when they were not in
use and how the display and sounder units were limited
to save power.
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
SETTING THE STANDARD
FOR QUALITY AND VALUE!
• Premium ratchet tool with an adjustable compound action design which puts more crimping power into each squeeze
• 6 interchangeable heads, suitable for insulated and non-insulated terminals and cable lugs
• Dies made from chromium-molybdenum high strength steel and heat treated
• Ideal for the tradesman, auto electrician, motor mechanic or machine tool service engineer
• Heavy-duty ratchet action & quick release spring
Professional Ratchet
Crimping Kit RCK-06
Open Barrel Terminal
Insulated Terminal
23 PACKS
AVAILABLE
Assortment Packs
Metric
Hex Cap Screw Assortment
106 Piece
22 (K72024)
$
MC4 Solar Connector
Stainless Steel Nuts
& Bolts Assortment
224 Piece
Non-Insulated Terminal
Bootlace
Ferrule
Anderson SB50/75 Connectors
Parts Storage Bins
PTB-20
Parts Storage Bins
PTB-24C
• 586 x 222 x 350mm
• 10kg load per bin
• Includes 20 bins
& dividers
• 444 x 222 x 642mm
• 10kg load per bin
• Clear window to identify parts
• Oil & impact resistant
• Includes 24 bins & dividers
220 (T7951)
$
253 (T7955)
$
22 (K72062)
$
119.90 (C1019)
$
Measuring Kit
4 Piece
Metric Dial Indicator
Precision - 34-213
Digital Outside Micrometer
10-1242
Universal Deburring Tool Set
23 Piece
• 0 - 25mm micrometer
• 150mm / 6” rule
• 150mm / 6” vernier
• 100 x 70mm square
• 0-5mm range
• Smooth 6 jewel movement
• 0.01mm graduations
• 40mm dial face
• Flat or lug back
• 25-50mm / 1-2" range
• Large LCD for easy reading
• Metric-imperial conversion and zero setting keys
• Friction thimble for easy one hand use
• Carbide measuring faces
• 2 x Deburring holders
• Sheet metal Deburring holder
• V scrapers internal & external
• Countersink blade
• Scraper blades
• 10 HSS blades
77 (M012)
$
99 (Q213)
$
165 (Q1242)
$
$
Industrial Bench Grinder - HG-150
• Powerful 1/2hp motor
• Cast iron body & base for superior rigidity
• Sealed bearings for
lifelong performance
• Anti-vibration pads on the
base for smooth running
• Motor c/w capacitor start/stop
for maximum performance
• 50mm wide wheel guards to allow
for fitment of wire wheels
1/2HP
0.37KW - OWER
P
MOTOR
7W LED Work Light
HL-35LT
IP-65 Digital Protractor
35-2041
• 240V /10amp
• 3 LED’s <at> 750 lux
• Built in transformer
• Flexible goose
neck arm
• Full 360° range (90° x 4)
• 0.05° resolution • ±0.15° accuracy
• IP-65 waterproof rating
• Large back light LCD screen
143 (L2814)
$
MAGNETIC
BASE
165 (Q2041)
$
View and purchase these items online: www.machineryhouse.com.au/SIC2508
SYDNEY
(02) 9890 9111
1/2 Windsor Rd,
Northmead
(07) 3715 2200
(03) 9212 4422
(08) 9373 9999
PERTH
ADELAIDE
625 Boundary Rd,
Coopers Plains
4 Abbotts Rd,
Dandenong
11 Valentine St,
11/20 Cheltenham Pde
Woodville
BRISBANE MELBOURNE
Kewdale
Specifications & prices are subject to change without notification.
(08) 9373 9969
07_SIC_280825
99 (G140)
$
132 (D065)
I was also interested in the use of the accelerometer as an
input device, and the novel combination of the boost power
supply with battery power. The firmware was explained in
broad terms. Initialising drivers each time the device wakes
up was a novel way to save some more battery power. All
in all, it was very detailed. I look forward to building them.
I would be interested to know what software tools the
author used to program the device, as I have not worked
with STM32 before.
Grant Muir, Christchurch, NZ.
Andrew Levido responds: Thanks for the kind words
– I am glad you enjoyed the article. I develop on a Mac,
using the VSCode (Visual Studio Code) editor with the
“STM32Cube for Visual Studio Code” plugin, although
you can use these on Windows or Linux. This uses GCC,
CMake and Cortex-Debug. All of these tools are free. There
are plenty of tutorials online to get you up and running.
I recommend purchasing an ST-Link/V2 or one of the
low-cost clones for a programmer/debugger, as they are
supported by the plugin ‘out of the box’.
Watch out for fake 4G antennas
In the hope of saving your readers from wasting their
money and their non-refundable lifetime, let me share this
cautionary tale about an LTE antenna I bought from a large
and very well-known Chinese online seller.
It was sold as a 700MHz LTE Band 28 Yagi antenna for
around $20. Upon receipt of the antenna, which incidentally promised an integral ’signal booster’, I discovered
(surprise!) no user instructions. So I took the cover off the
grey terminal box to try to find what kind of DC voltage
was necessary to power the ‘signal booster’.
There was just a junction box with some curiously
large brass tabs. Conspicuously, it lacked any connection
between the coax output cable and any active part of the
antenna.
This led me to check the passive elements, which were
too short by about 30%. The driven (active) element, at
65mm long in total, was way too short for the claimed frequency. Instead of having two electrically separate sections, it was simply a single piece of tube connected to
the aluminium boom. No insulation or air gap between the
two sides of the driven element and/or the antenna boom.
In summary, this device was never a 700MHz Yagi. It
remains a puzzle why making fake stuff like this can be
a profitable enterprise for the seller. Why wouldn’t you
spend the tiny bit more on manufacturing cost to make it
fit for purpose?
Peter Felton, Coolongolook, NSW.
Speedometer source code appreciated
I’d like to thank Tim Blythman for providing the MPLAB
X C source code for the GPS Speedometer (Circuit Notebook, July 2025). The structure of the code is easy to read
and follow, and it is broken down into separate files, similar to how I would have done it. The concept of sharing
follows the base purpose of Silicon Chip: learning and
experimenting.
I was surprised to see the use of ‘bit banging’ for I2C when
the PIC16F1455 has an MSSP I2C module, but there are 100
ways to skin a cat. The bit-banging code may come in useful one day. Each method is valid and has useful elements.
Inclusion of the C code with the article has made me less
cautious when sharing a build in the future.
I have investigated Visual Studio for Python, where following structures into modules seems all ‘secret squirrel’
to eventually disappear into a compiled ‘nothing to see
here’. Visual Studio Code with Arduino and ESP modules
is so abstracted from the hardware by utilising structures
and macros, and layering down into HAL levels through
even more structures.
I thought I may have been missing out on something
where most of my microcontroller projects are coded in
MPLAB X with C. I have looked over the fence, but have
now returned to the home paddock with MPLAB X and
C. Thanks, Tim!
Michael Harvey, Albury, NSW.
Clock radios are made cheaply
Regarding the comment in the July issue Mailbag (p10)
on flat batteries causing clocks to sometimes speed up, It
is interesting that the most accurate timebase for a clock,
other than a watch, was in a Yaesu FRG-7700 communications receiver run by three 1.5V batteries (no GPS reference).
The worst timekeepers seem to be the bedside clock
radios with battery backup. I have yet to see any of these
that maintain accurate time when falling back on the 9V
battery during a mains failure. It appears that the timebases
are voltage-sensitive and, in the quest for cheapness, have
no (or poor) regulation. Once the battery cuts in, accuracy
immediately goes down the gurgler.
Marc Chick, Wangaratta, Vic.
Comment: we suspect they’re designed to be good enough
that they still wake you up in the morning, so you don’t
SC
miss work, but that’s about all you can rely on!
10
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
TOP GIFTS FOR
TECH-LOVIN’ DADS
MARK YOUR CALENDAR:
Wed 20th of Aug to Sun 7th of Sept, 2025
NOW FROM
$
299
BUILD VOLUME UP TO 153.36 X 77.76 X 175MM
PRINTS EXTREMELY
FINE DETAILS
7" 9K MONO LCD
REMOVABLE DIVIDER
SAVE<at>$170
PRINT SPEED UP TO 70MM/H
NOW ONLY
GH1640
$
299
SAVE $50
36L, 50L & 60L Convertible
Dual Zone Fridge/Freezers
Mars 4 9K Resin
3D Printer
GH1640 / GH1642 / GH1644
TL4824
ADD A COVER FROM ONLY $29.95
20
.
GH1655
SAVE $30
NOW ONLY
EASY TO SET UP
SURVEILLANCE FOR
DAD’S HOME OR OFFICE
Selected
Insulated Fridge/Freezer Covers
$
3MP Indoor Smart
Wi-Fi Camera
GH1650 - GH1655
NOW ONLY
1495
NOW ONLY
$
19
399
2000W 12VDC to 230VAC
Pure Sine Wave Inverter
SAVE $100
QC3907
GIFTS UNDER $20
$
4995
$
%
RUN UP TO TWO MAINS
APPLIANCES AT YOUR
CAMPSITE
NOW ONLY
MI5740
NOW ONLY
95
$
.
1995
.
ORRP $ 39 95
SAVE 30%
.
SAVE 25%
MUSIC TO
DAD’S EARS
Wireless TWS Earbuds
AA2167
GIFTS UNDER $70
FOR DAD’S TOOLBOX
HELP DAD TRACK
HIS VALUABLES
Smart Tag for
Apple® Devices
LA4222 *Phone not included
QM1529
NOW ONLY
$
5995
.
SAVE $ 20
NOW ONLY
MONITOR
SLEEP, HEART
RATE & MORE
59
HALF PRICE
R/C Foldable Mini Drone
GT4900 *Phone not included
^ALL PRICES SHOWN IN AUD - VISIT JAYCAR.CO.NZ FOR NZ PRICES
QC3160
EA
1080P
CAMERA
$
Autoranging
Multimeter
6995
.
QC3150
Smart Rings with Charging Case
QC3150 - QC3162
$
NEW
ONLY
TWO BUILT-IN USB-C
CABLES
20000mAh PD65W
Power Bank
MB3868
CHARGES
YOUR LAPTOP
1
WHERE DAD’S IDEAS
TAKE SHAPE
10" 12K MONO LCD
ULTRA FAST PRINT SPEED
UP TO 500MM/S
PRINT SPEED UP
TO 150MM/H
LARGE BUILD VOLUME UP
TO 256 X 256 X 256MM
BUILD VOLUME UP TO
218 X 122 X 220MM
AUTO LEVELLING &
INTELLIGENT
MECHANICAL SENSOR
SUPPORTS
CARBON/GLASS
FIBRE REINFORCED
FILAMENTS & MORE
NOW ONLY
$
629
SAVE $70
NOW ONLY
$
MATERIAL VERSATILITY
MEETS ENGINEERING POWER
Centauri Carbon Filament 3D Printer
TL4980
NOW ONLY
2995
.
Saturn 4
Ultra 12K Resin 3D Printer
SAVE $100
TL4842
100% BIO-DEGRADABLE
14 COLOURS AVAILABLE
$
DETAIL
799 NEXT-LEVEL
IN EVERY LAYER!
$
EA
NOW ONLY
4495
.
EA
ORRP $ 5995
ORRP $ 3995
4 COLOURS
AVAILABLE
CLEAR
HIGH RESOLUTION & PRECISION
1kg 1.75mm PLA+ Filaments
TL4454 - TL4781 Limited stock, check stores for stock
REAL-TIME HUMIDITY
& TEMPERATURE
MONITORING
1kg PLA Pro Resins
FDA FOOD SAFETY APPROVED
$
NOW ONLY
58
95
$
TL4594
NOW ONLY
$
NOW ONLY
7995
21
95
.
SAVE 25%
6995
SAVE $20
18 PCS
3D Printer Tool Box Kit
NOW FROM
.
.
ORRP $ 7895
KEEP DAD’S
FILAMENT
IN OPTIMUM
CONDITION &
PROTECTED
FROM
MOISTURE
& DUST
$
Limited stock, check stores for stock
ALL-IN-ONE KIT TO
MAINTAIN DAD’S 3D PRINTER
6 PCS
NA1760
ADJUSTABLE
TEMPERATURE
45°C-70°C
HIGH STRENGTH & TOUGHNESS
TL4440 - TL4770
Kleanium 3D Resin
Cleaning Solutions
2L NA1760 / 5L NA1762
NOW ONLY
7
$ 40
.
SAVE 25%
.
SAVE $20
2
Space Pi Filament
Dryer Box
TL4730
3D Printing Pick and
Finishing Kit
TH1852
Resin Filter Set
With Funnel
TL4491
^ALL PRICES SHOWN IN AUD - VISIT JAYCAR.CO.NZ FOR NZ PRICES
$
GEAR UP DAD’S
WORKBENCH
NOW ONLY
7995
.
SAVE $ 20
$
ENGINEERED FOR
HEAVY-DUTY CRIMPING
5495
48W Temperature
Controlled
Soldering Station
.
ORRP $ 5995
Hydraulic Crimping
Tool 70mm AWG2/0
TH2130
$
NOW ONLY
TS1620
NOW ONLY
NS3008
3495
.
HALF PRICE
450MM LONG
$
NOW FROM
NOW ONLY
3995
2
$ 20
.
Heavy Duty
Terminal Crimper
INTRO OFFER
19
95
$
20/130W
Soldering Iron Starter Kit
ORRP $46 95
TH1849
$
NEW
ORRP FROM 2
TS1651
NOW ONLY
39
95
.
$ 95
$
110 PCS
.
15g Classic &
Lead-Free Solder
Wire Tubes
NS3008 - NS3092
NOW ONLY
3995
.
ORRP $56 95
.
NS3086
ORRP $ 49 95
SAVE 20%
10W Mini
Rechargeable Glue Gun
4 Pliers & 1
Cutter Tool Set
12V Rotary Tool Kit
TH2024
TD2451
TH1812
ACCURATE MEASUREMENTS EVERY TIME
USB RECHARGEABLE
NOW ONLY
$
1995
.
NOW ONLY
$
69
INTRO OFFER
95
$
.
SAVE 15%
450ml Ultrasonic Cleaner
YH5415
59
95
NEW
ORRP $ 24 95
PCB Holder with
LED Magnifier
.
SAVE $ 20
Digital Vernier Caliper
TD2474
TH1987
FOR DADS WHO INVENT
GET DAD STARTED WITH ARDUINO®
XC4630
NOW FROM
$
23
95
.
SAVE 25%
$
.
Arduino & Raspberry Pi
Compatible LCD
Touchscreen Displays
8895
.
SAVE 10%
NOW FROM
$
44
NOW FROM
95
SAVE 10%
®
XC4630 / XC9026
Arduino® UNO R3 & R4
Development Boards
XC9202 / XC9211
X
2
C9
02
Arduino®
Compatible Learning Kits
XC3900 / XC9200
XC3900
TERMS & CONDITIONS: Prices valid from 20/8/25 to 7/9/25. Stock may be limited on sale items. No rain checks. Savings on Original RRP (ORRP). Prices are correct at time of publication but are subject to change.
Jaycar reserves the right to change prices if and when required. See full Price Beat Promise T&Cs online. See full gift card T&Cs online. See 1 Hour Click & Collect T&Cs online. SUPPLY CHAIN DISRUPTION: We apologise for factors
out of our control which may result in some items not being available on the advertised on-sale date of the catalogue. See full T&Cs online. +See details and terms on payment options online.
^ALL PRICES SHOWN IN AUD - VISIT JAYCAR.CO.NZ FOR NZ PRICES
3
POWER DAD’S GREAT OUTDOORS
5 YEAR
WARRANTY
NOW ONLY
$
719
1149
$
864WH CAPACITY
WITH 1000W INVERTER
SAVE $130
NOW ONLY
SAVE $ 250
864Wh Portable Power Station
AC70P MB4031
1440WH CAPACITY
WITH 1800W INVERTER
1440Wh Portable Power Station
AC180P MB4028
SAFER & MUCH LIGHTER THAN
LEAD ACID / AGM BATTERIES
AGM
5 SIZES AVAILABLE
FROM 1M TO 10M
LITHIUM
PT4485
NOW FROM
$
34
95
.
SAVE<at>$ 20
PT4440 - PT4488
$
219
SAVE $ 20
NOW ONLY
39
SAVE $10
SAVE $ 20
95
.
20A PWM
Solar Charge
Controller with High-Current Leads
MP3772
$
FROM
39
$
100Ah 12V AGM*
Deep Cycle Battery
SB2560 *Absorbent Glass Mat
NOW ONLY
$
$
NOW ONLY
NOW ONLY
Selected 50A 8G
High Current
Connector
Extension Cables
349
SAVE $ 50
100Ah 12.8V Lithium
Deep Cycle Battery
SB2260
NOW ONLY
99
$
149
SAVE $ 50
12VDC Lithium
& Lead Acid
Battery Tester
25A 12V
Intelligent 8 Stage Battery Charger
QP2262
MB3920
POWER DAD CAN CARRY
NEW
95
.
$
ON
NEW
FROM
LY 1
1
KEEP YOUR BATTERIES IN
PEAK WORKING ORDER
FAST CHARGE LAPTOPS & HIGH
POWERED DEVICES ON-THE-GO
. 7C
M
2995
ULTRA THIN
DESIGN
MB3866
Magnetic
Wireless Charging Power Banks
5,000mAh MB3866
10,000mAh MB3867
4
TWO BUILT-IN
USB-C CABLES
Power Banks
with Built-in Cables
10,000mAh MB3864
20,000mAh MB3865
MB3864
.
PACK SERIOUS
POWER IN A
SMALL SPACE
$
ONLY
NEW
PD100W
149 60,000mAh
Power Bank
MB3869
^ALL PRICES SHOWN IN AUD - VISIT JAYCAR.CO.NZ FOR NZ PRICES
Subscribe to
AUGUST 2025
ISSN 1030-2662
08
The VERY BEST DIY Projects
!
Mic
th e
Mouse
9 771030 266001
$13 00* NZ $13 90
INC GST
INC GST
Ducted Heat
Transfer
Controller
RP2350B
USB-C
Power Monitor
Pre-Assembled
Development
Board
Australia’s top electronics magazine
Measure current, voltage,
power,
Silicon Chip is one of the best DIY electronics magazines in the
world. Each month is filled with a variety of projects that you can
build yourself, along with features on a wide range of topics from
in-depth electronics articles to general tech overviews.
energy & time on all modern
USB-C devices
Published in
Silicon Chip
If you have an active subscription you receive 10% OFF
orders from our Online Shop (siliconchip.com.au/Shop/)*
Rest of
World
New
Zealand
Australia
* does not include the cost of postage
Length
Print
Combined
Online
6 months
$72.50
$82.50
$52.50
1 year
$135
$155
$100
2 years
$255
$280
$190
6 months
$85
$95
1 year
$160
$180
2 years
$300
$335
6 months
$105
$115
1 year
$200
$220
All prices are
in Australian
dollars (AUD).
Combined
subscriptions
include both
the printed
magazine and
online access.
2 years
$390
$425
Prices are valid
for the month
of issue.
Try our Online Subscription – now with PDF downloads!
SpaceX; July-August
2025
Mic the Mouse;
August 2025
RP2350B
Development Board;
August 2025
An online issue is perfect for those who don’t want too much clutter around the house and
is the same price worldwide. Issues can be viewed online, or downloaded as a PDF.
To start your subscription go to
siliconchip.com.au/Shop/Subscribe
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
September 2025 15
DRONES
By Dr David Maddison, VK3DSM
Image source: https://unsplash.com/photos/black-droneon-air-over-cloudy-sky-at-daytime-JPAfSd_acI8
Drones are now commonly used for hobby purposes as well as commercial
applications like aerial photography, and for military purposes. This is the result of
numerous technological advances, such as satellite navigation for guidance, MEMS
accelerometers, high-energy-density batteries and miniaturised control circuitry.
T
hree-dimensional (3D) printing has
also helped to accelerate the proliferation of drones. They are so widespread that they are now often used for
criminal purposes and even for terrorist attacks, hence the need for defence
against drones.
Terminology
There are many names for what are
popularly known as drones. This article is mostly about the type that fly.
Terms for these include:
• UAV (unmanned aerial vehicle)
• UAS (unmanned aircraft system)
• SUAS (small unmanned aerial
system) – under 25kg
• RPAS (remotely piloted aircraft
system)
• RPAV or RPV (remotely piloted
[aerial] vehicle)
• UAVS (unmanned aircraft vehicle system)
• UCAV or CAV ([unmanned] combat aerial vehicle) – military types
Other types of drones might be landbased and perform jobs such as mowing lawns, agricultural tasks, deliveries, military tasks (eg, reconnaissance
or attack/defence) or inspections. Such
16
Silicon Chip
devices are called unmanned ground
vehicles (UGVs), ground drones or
ground robots. Many such drones are
used for agricultural purposes.
We published an article on drones
for agricultural uses in the June 2018
issue (siliconchip.au/Article/11097).
There are also unmanned underwater vehicles (UUVs), also known as
or autonomous underwater vehicles
(AUVs). We covered these in their own
article in the September 2015 issue
(siliconchip.au/Article/9002).
There are also drone ships, known
as unmanned/uncrewed surface vehicles (USVs) or autonomous surface
vessels (ASVs).
Drone is a general, informal term for
any of the above. For convenience, we
will mostly use that term throughout
the remainder of this article to refer
to UAVs.
Drone history
Drones have been around for a surprisingly long time, at least in their
more primitive forms. Perhaps unsurprisingly, early drones were mostly for
military applications. However, the
lack of precision navigation such as
Australia's electronics magazine
GPS meant that they were generally
ineffective at hitting the desired targets
or performing other precision tasks,
unless they were remotely controlled
by an operator within visual range.
Some notable examples are as follows (this is not an exhaustive list):
1849 Arguably the first use of a
drone-like device in warfare, the Austrian Army attacked Venice with balloon bombs set with half-hour fuses. It
was not a success; the expression “own
goal” aptly describes the outcome.
1898 Nikola Tesla demonstrated
a radio-controlled boat (described in
some detail on page 15 of our November 2024 issue; siliconchip.com.au/
Series/427).
1914 The Royal Aircraft Factory in
Britain designed an RPV, which they
called an Aerial Target (AT) to fool
their enemies into thinking it was a test
target vehicle. Its true purpose was to
attack German airships and as a flying
bomb. It was designed by Henry P. Folland, with radio equipment designed
by Archibald M. Low. It was first built
in 1916 – see Fig.1.
It carried around 40kg of explosives
and was designed to be controlled
siliconchip.com.au
either from a ground station or another
plane. It was a high-wing monoplane
weighing 227kg, launched by catapult
and landed on skids. Flight tests in
1917 were unsuccessful, but the feasibility of RPVs was proven.
The AT Mark II (Fig.2) was probably built by Sopwith. It was designed
to carry 23kg of explosives, but was
never tested.
1917 The Hewitt-Sperry Automatic Airplane was first tested by the
US Navy; it is considered by some to
be the first cruise missile. It was stabilised by Sperry gyroscopes and flew
a preset course. However, it was not
adopted by the Navy, partly because it
had insufficient accuracy to hit a ship.
1918 The Kettering Bug was an
experimental unmanned aerial torpedo developed for the US Army that
could strike targets at a range of 121km.
It was never used in combat.
1935 The DH.82B Queen Bee was
a radio-controlled variant of the Tiger
Moth, used as a target drone for training antiaircraft gunners. About 470
were built in total. The term drone
apparently came into use at this time
as a reference to the male bee seeking
the queen bee in one fatal flight.
1937 US Navy Curtiss Fledgling trainer aircraft were modified to
make radio-controlled target practice
drones, designated A3. In 1938, it was
also experimentally rammed into a
ship; a forerunner of guided weapons.
1939 The Radioplane Company
made a variety of radio-controlled target practice drones for the US military,
manufacturing them by the thousands.
Models included the OQ-1 (RP-4),
OQ-2 (RP-5) and OQ-3, among others
– see Figs.3, 4 & 5.
1944 (June) The German V-1 flying bomb was the first mass-produced,
operational cruise missile. Like the
Hewitt-Sperry device, it followed a
preset course using gyroscopes and
autopilot controls, but unlike its American predecessor, the V-1 was used in
combat. Over 9,000 were launched
against London alone (more than
30,000 in total), causing substantial
damage, injuring and killing many
people.
Its distinctive buzzing pulse-jet
engine earned it the nickname “buzz
bomb”. Its success marked a turning point in the military potential of
unmanned aircraft.
1944 (August) The United States,
under the Army Air Force’s Aphrodite
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.1: the Aerial Target RPV, built in 1916.
Source: https://shvachko.net/?p=1378
Fig.2: the British Aerial Target Mark II RPV, likely built by Sopwith.
Source: https://w.wiki/EDQ7
Fig.3: Norma Jeane Dougherty, later
known as Marilyn Monroe, assembles
an RP-5 (OQ-2) drone in 1944 or 1945.
Source: https://w.wiki/EDQ8
Fig.4: a Radioplane OQ-3 target drone
in 1945, ready for launch. Source:
https://w.wiki/EDQ9
Fig.5: the OQ-2A aerial target of 1941.
Source: www.nationalmuseum.af.mil/Upcoming/Photos/igphoto/2001562776
Australia's electronics magazine
September 2025 17
and Navy’s Anvil programs, modified worn out B-17, B-24 and PBY4-1
bombers to operate under remote control from another ‘mothership’ aircraft, filled them with explosives and
flew them into heavily defended German targets. Television pictures of the
controlled aircraft’s instrument panel
were relayed to the mothership. However, the program was a huge failure.
1951 The Ryan Firebee series of
target drones led to the development
of the highly successful Ryan Model
147 “Lightning Bug” reconnaissance
drone series, which were used from
1962, including in the Vietnam war.
Archibald Montgomery
Low, 1888-1956
Archibald is known as the “father
of radio guidance systems”. He
designed the control system for
the first drone, the British “Aerial
Target”, as well as guided rockets and torpedoes. He was a prolific inventor, author and futurist
and was also involved in the early
development of television.
1962 The SDI Surveillance System
was used by the British Royal Artillery
for observation over the battlefield,
and to locate targets, although there
is little information available about it.
1969 Israel used a drone to photograph enemy positions on the 7th of
July 1969. Conventional aircraft were
useless because they had to fly too
high to avoid ground-to-air missiles,
so the photos showed little. An officer called Shabtai Brill conceived the
idea of using a radio-controlled aircraft
purchased in a toy store that he fitted
with a 35mm film camera, with a timer
to take pictures every ten seconds.
The mission was a huge success, but
it was forgotten until after the 1973
Yom Kippur war. That led to Israel
becoming a dominant player in the
drone industry; it still is today.
2001 After the September 11th
terrorist attacks, the United States
General Atomics MQ-1 Predator saw
widespread (and heavily publicised)
use in Afghanistan, bombing enemy
positions.
2013 Jeff Bezos announced that
Amazon was considering using drones
as a package delivery method.
2022 Russia’s invasion of Ukraine
marked the first large-scale conflict
with widespread use of both purpose-
built military and improvised civilian
drones. Ukraine used consumer-grade
quadcopters for reconnaissance and
artillery spotting, while both sides
deployed loitering munitions, kamikaze drones and electronic warfare
systems.
The war demonstrated how lowcost drones could be highly effective in modern combat, revolutionising battlefield tactics. Thousands of
expensive military targets have been
destroyed by drones to date in this war,
including numerous tanks, surface-
to-air missile systems, ammunition
depots and more.
Drone types
Drones come in a variety of sizes,
from the size of an insect to full-size
fighter jets and bombers. They include
the following:
● Tricopter – a relatively rare type
of drone with three rotors.
● Quadcopter – an aircraft with four
rotors, designed for vertical take-off
and landing (VTOL).
● Multirotor – similar to a quadcopter but with more than four rotors.
These include hexacopters (with six
rotors) and octocopters (eight rotors).
● Fixed-wing – similar to a conventional aircraft.
● Hybrid-VTOL – these can take off
and land vertically but fly horizontally, like a conventional aircraft. They
may or may not have tilting rotors.
● Balloon drones – these use hydrogen or helium for buoyancy. They may
float with the wind, or have guidance
using propellers. An example is the
“h-aero” (more on that later).
● Passenger drones – also known as
autonomous aerial vehicles (AAVs),
they are pilotless and designed to carry
passengers short or medium distances,
such as from an airport to a city centre.
● Ground drones with wheels or
tracks.
● Sea drones in the form of a boat
or submarine.
While most drones are intended to
be reused, some drones are regarded
as expendable, especially some used
in military applications.
Drone categories and uses
The US Department of Defense categorises drones according to the scheme
shown in Table 1. The higher the group
number, the more capable the drone is.
Among the many uses of drones are
recreation, aerial photography (eg, real
estate & sports events), surveillance,
Fig.6: a few possible examples of civilian uses for drones. Source: www.gao.gov/drone-operations
18
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
package delivery, search & rescue,
rail inspection, power line inspection, agricultural inspection & spraying, maintenance (eg, washing buildings, solar panels or mowing lawns),
military and others uses. Fig.6 depicts
some of these applications.
Drone navigation
More basic drones, such as toys and
early models, are guided by a human
operator who can observe the vehicle directly or via a video link. More
advanced drones can be programmed
with a flight path, which the drone follows using satellite navigation (GNSS;
eg, GPS). Most drones also use inertial
measurement units (IMUs) to ensure
they are orientated correctly.
Advanced drones may include
altimeters (usually based on air pressure) and electronic compasses (often
integrated into the IMU).
As drones can be disabled by disruption of their data links or GNSS (global
navigation satellite system) signals,
more advanced drones, especially military ones, can be autonomous, using
artificial intelligence (AI) to guide
them. They may also use sensors like
LiDAR (light detection and ranging),
cameras, radar and other inputs.
Optical flow sensors can be used;
these analyse images from the drone
camera to determine its movement
over time.
They can also use a system called
SLAM (simultaneous location and
mapping) to determine their position
and movement. Data from LiDAR and
IMUs is used in this type of navigation,
among other inputs. SLAM is also used
Table 1 – US DoD drone categories
Group
Maximum weight
Typical altitude
Speed
1
0-9kg
<366m (1200ft)
<185km/h
2
9.5-25kg
<1067m (3500ft)
<463km/h
3
<599kg
<5486m (18,000ft)
<463km/h
4
>599kg
<5486m (18,000ft)
Any
5
>599kg
>5486km (18,000ft)
Any
in self-driving cars and even robotic
vacuum cleaners.
Some drones, which we will discuss later, have fibre optic data links
to enable them to operate without
wireless data links or GPS/GNSS, and
without needing to be autonomous.
For hobbyist drones, there are many
navigation systems to choose from,
including open-source software like
ArduPilot (https://ardupilot.org) and
flight controller hardware like that
shown in Figs.8 & 7.
Even though ArduPilot was developed by hobbyists, it can control some
very advanced drones and is used commercially. Even Boeing has used it for
experimental cargo delivery drones.
Apart from UAVs, it can also control
UGVs (ground), USVs (water) and
UUVs (underwater).
Power sources
Drones can be powered by a variety
of sources:
● Batteries, typically rechargeable lithium-ion/LiPo types. These
are the norm for hobby drones. For a
non-fixed-wing (VTOL) drone, a typical flight duration is up to 10 minutes, although military or commercial drones can last 30-60 minutes. A
fixed-wing electric drone may have
an endurance of several hours. These
drones are relatively quiet and have
low maintenance requirements.
● Internal combustion engine (ICE)
drones use a fuel like petrol, diesel
or kerosene. They have much longer flight durations due to the higher
energy density of liquid fuels compared to batteries, but may be noisier
and require more maintenance. Their
flight duration can be up to around 16
hours for a fixed-wing type or eight
hours for a VTOL type, like the IAI
APUS 25 (siliconchip.au/link/ac6x).
● External combustion engine
drones use a turbojet engine. They are
fast but have high fuel consumption
compared to ICE drones. An example
is the Boeing MQ-28 Fox Bat being
developed for the RAAF.
● Fuel cell powered drones are relatively new and experimental. They
may have better endurance than battery types. They can use hydrogen as
the fuel, kept as a gas in high-pressure
cylinders. Storage of hydrogen as a
cryogenic fluid is possible but requires
a lot of infrastructure and management.
Australian company Stralis has
developed a hydrogen fuel cell they
Fig.7: drone mission planner
software. Source: www.ardupilot.
co.uk
Fig.8: an ArduPilot Mega
(APM) flight controller.
Source: www.ardupilot.co.uk
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
September 2025 19
say can power a hydrogen-electric
aircraft for ten times longer than batteries.
● Hybrid drones operate much like
hybrid cars, with an ICE to produce
power, driving electric motors and/
or recharging batteries. An unusual
implementation of a hybrid commercial/military drone is the Jabiru JCQ50
“Donkey”, which has coaxial rotors
for vertical lift directly driven by an
ICE, plus electric motors for directional control.
● Solar power – some specialised
fixed-wing drones are solar-powered
but they have to be high-efficiency,
lightweight drones designed for long
endurance. The solar cells can charge
batteries and drive propellers during
the day, while batteries drive the propellers at night.
● Nuclear – a nuclear power source
will be used to power the Dragonfly
drone to explore Saturn’s moon Titan
(more on that later). Such systems
are not considered suitable for use on
Earth for several reasons.
● Balloon drones require no power
to provide lift; it is provided by a lifting gas like helium or hydrogen. So
they have an almost indefinite flight
duration, until the gas eventually leaks
out (no lightweight material can hold
these gases indefinitely). Control for
onboard electronics or propellers for
station-keeping can be provided by
solar panels.
Example drones
Some notable examples of drones
are as follows:
drones (see Fig.11). It operates in the
Tolleson, Arizona area and can deliver
packages of around 2.3kg within an
hour of placing an order.
The drone was designed for package delivery, with redundant systems,
including a second flight controller.
This ensures there is no single point
of failure that will allow loss of control
of the drone. It has also been designed
to minimise noise.
It has a camera and uses machine
learning to identify obstacles such as
clotheslines, trampolines, humans,
animals and other aircraft which may
not show up in satellite imagery. It has
received regulatory certification with
the US FAA for beyond-line-of-sight
operations.
Fig.9: an anti-drone gun at
the Pope’s funeral. Source:
https://x.com/ma777hew/
status/1916067221488480319/photo/1
300 (www.avinc.com/lms/switchblade) or so-called kamikaze drone
is used by the Australian military
– see Fig.10. Its procurement was
announced in 2024. It is a precision
loitering drone; it can fly to an area
and a decision can be made whether to
engage a target or call off the mission.
It weighs 1.7kg, has a range of 30km
or a loitering time of 20 minutes, flies
at up to 150m altitude and has a loiter
speed of 101km/h. It is launched from
a tube, after which its wings fold out.
Anti-drone device
On a news item about the Pope’s
funeral, we saw a security official
holding an apparent anti-drone device
(Fig.9). It is the CPM-
WATSONPLUS by CPM Elettronica (www.
cpmelettronica.com).
Australia Post parcel delivery
Australia Post is looking at concepts of future mail and parcel
delivery via drones. One idea is a
ground drone (Fig.12). Another is
a UAV (see https://x.com/auspost/
status/720786994511491072).
Balloon drones
Balloon drones have the advantage
of extremely long flight times as their
lift comes from a gas like helium or
hydrogen. They can be stationed in the
upper atmosphere, where wind is minimal, so they can stay on station using
small amounts of solar power and
AeroVironment Switchblade
The AeroVironment Switchblade
Amazon delivery drones
In November 2024, Amazon released
its MK30 delivery drone, with twice
the range of its previous delivery
Fig.10: the launch of a SwitchBlade
300 drone, used by the Australian
Army. Source: https://w.wiki/EDQA
Fig.11: an Amazon MK30 delivery drone, now in service in Arizona, USA.
Source: www.aboutamazon.com/news/operations/mk30-drone-amazondelivery-packages
20
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
propellers. This was covered in detail
in our August 2023 article on High-
Altitude Aerial Platforms (HAAPs;
siliconchip.au/Article/15894).
These drones can be used for tasks
like bushfire surveillance (or other
types of surveillance), radio relays,
and scientific research.
In our June 2025 Airshow article
(siliconchip.au/Article/18303) we
mentioned that the Australian company Stratoship (https://stratoship.au)
is developing balloon drones. Another
company that produces balloon drones
for lower altitude use is h-aero (https://
h-aero.com/en) – see Fig.13.
Black Hornet 4 nano drone
The Black Hornet 4 (Fig.14) is a
miniature drone built by Teledyne
(www.flir.com) with thermal imaging
and optical cameras, the latter having
low-light capability. It is tolerant of
wind, flies at up to 36km/h, has obstacle avoidance capabilities, weighs 70g
and can fly for 30 minutes. Most other
specifications of this model are not
published, but earlier models had a
transmission range of 1km.
These are used by numerous militaries, including Australia’s. According to Wikipedia, in 2015, the original
model cost US$195,000 each. A recent
video claims the cost as US$40,000.
Such is the cost of military procurement. You can buy a similar-looking
one for $100-200 online, but perhaps
with a little less capability. For more
information, see the video at https://
youtu.be/DMJgq2tpNJA
Boeing MQ-28 Ghost Bat
Boeing Australia is developing the
MQ-28 Ghost Bat for the RAAF. We
reported on this vehicle in our article
on the Avalon Airshow (June 2025;
siliconchip.au/Article/18303). It is a
stealthy, multi-role UCAV.
Fig.12: Australia Post’s idea of using a ground-based drone to deliver mail
and parcels in the future, compared with a traditional postie on a motorcycle.
Source: https://auspost.com.au/content/dam/corp/startrack-insights/customerexperience/photo-robot-delivery-machine.jpg
Fig.13: the h-aero balloon drone.
Source: https://cloud.aicanfly.de/index.php/s/xfnayzmeKJzPs8P
Building maintenance drones
Drones can be used to wash buildings or solar panels. An example is the
Joyance JTC30T (https://joyance.tech),
shown washing solar panels in Fig.15.
DefendTex D40
The DefendTex D40 is an Australian-
made drone for military purposes (see
Fig.16). The manufacturer states it can
be launched from a standard 40mm
grenade launcher; it is low in cost, can
carry an intelligence gathering payload, can swarm with other drones,
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.14: the Black Hornet Nano drone.
Source: www.techeblog.com/teledyne-flir-black-hornet-4-nano-drone
Australia's electronics magazine
September 2025 21
Fig.15 (left): Joyance’s JTC30T cleaning drone. Source:
www.spreaderdrone.com/Solar-panel-washing-drone-roofcleaning-drone-in-USA-pd524419658.html
Fig.16: the DefendTex D40. Source: www.defendtex.com/uav
can perform autonomous flight and
is waterproof. Little else about it is
known.
De-icing wind turbines
A Latvian company, Aerones
(https://aerones.com), has developed a
drone for deicing wind turbine blades
(Fig.17).
This can be a problem in North
America and Europe. The drone is supplied with electricity from a cable, and
hot water or deicing fluid via a hose to
clean the turbine blades.
It has multiple redundancy and
safety features, such as onboard batteries, so that the drone can land safely in
the event of a power failure. For more
details, see the video at https://youtu.
be/mP5LZYpFggM
Dragonfly drone
Dragonfly (https://dragonfly.jhuapl.
edu), shown in Fig.18, is a multi-rotor
drone that will be used to explore one
of Saturn’s moons, Titan. It is planned
to be launched in 2028 and will land
in 2034.
It will use a nuclear power source, a
Multi-Mission Radioisotope Thermoelectric Generator (MMRTG), like the
Curiosity rover on Mars.
The nuclear power source is too
weak to power the drone in real-time.
Therefore, the plan is for the MMRTG
to charge a lithium-ion battery, which
will power it in flight, up to a distance
of 16km with a duration of 30 minutes
on each battery charge. When Dragonfly lands, the 134Ah battery will
be recharged.
Dragonfly will carry various scientific instruments. It is surprisingly
large, weighing 450kg, and each of
its eight rotors is 1.35m in diameter.
Each ‘corner’ of the quadcopter will
have two rotors and two motors; the
22
Silicon Chip
aircraft is designed to be able to tolerate the loss of one rotor and/or one
motor. It will be launched on a SpaceX
Falcon Heavy.
Dragonfly will navigate using an
optical system to recognise visual
landmarks as a reference; LiDAR to
detect hazards; inertial measurement
units (IMUs) to track the drone’s orientation, velocity, and acceleration;
plus pressure and wind sensors. It will
make autonomous flight and landing
decisions.
Delivery drones
Apart from the Australia Post and
Amazon delivery drones mentioned
above, we covered the Australian
Quickstep Brolga (www.quickstep.
com.au) and Jabiru’s JCQ50 “Donkey”
cargo drone (https://jabiru.aero/jcq50)
in our most recent Airshow article.
Domestic ground drones
Common domestic ground drones
include robotic lawn mowers, robotic
vacuums and mops.
Energy-harvesting drone
Danish researchers at the University
of Southern Denmark have developed
a self-charging drone that finds and
attaches to high voltage power cables
using millimetre-wave radar and then
inductively charges its onboard batteries.
The purpose of these drones is
to inspect the same cables they
harvest energy from. See Fig.19,
siliconchip.au/link/ac66 and the video
at https://youtu.be/C-uekD6VTIQ for
more details.
Fibre-optic guided drones
In the Russia-Ukraine war, both
sides are actively developing and
using drones that are controlled via
optical fibres. According to Forbes
(siliconchip.au/link/ac67), the Kalashnikov subsidiary company ZALA
makes “Product 55”, an unjammable
quadcopter.
Such a drone was discovered by
the Ukrainian military blogger Serhii, who asked what the ‘egg-shaped’
Fig.19: a Danish energy-harvesting power line inspection drone attached to a
power line to recharge. Source: https://youtu.be/C-uekD6VTIQ
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.17: Aerones’ wind turbine deicing drone. Source:
https://wonderfulengineering.com/this-giant-drone-cande-ice-wind-turbines-in-few-minutes
contraption was (see Fig.20). It turned
out to be a spool of optical fibre for
data and control, which held over
10km of cable!
This is necessary as both sides field
extensive RF and GNSS jamming technology to make the other sides’ use of
drones difficult or impossible.
There is actually a long history of
guiding torpedoes and missiles with
wire or optical fibre like this. For
example, the Germans experimented
with wire guidance for missiles in
1944, and US TOW (tube-launched,
optically tracked, wire-guided) antitank missiles are in common use,
even today.
Fishing drones
Drone fishing is a style of fishing
where a drone is used to deliver the
rig and bait far further than it can be
manually cast. Distances of up to 500m
are possible. This enables the fisher to
get access to deeper water, and perhaps
a different species of fish.
According to the August 2013 issue
Fig.18: a rendering of Dragonfly drone to be used on Saturn’s
moon, Titan. Source: https://science.nasa.gov/wp-content/
uploads/2024/04/dragonfly-inflight.jpg
of Popular Mechanics, the first person to catch a fish with a drone was
Dave Darg, in 2013. Drones also allow
visual examination of a proposed fishing area. Some drone fishers hang the
line and bait directly from the drone
rather than using the drone to haul the
line out from a rod and reel.
Considerations are the line release
mechanism and whether to purchase
a water-resistant drone. Various companies sell drones and accessories
for fishing; try searching for “fishing
drones”. If in Australia, make sure to
follow CASA’s rules.
Floor-cleaning drones
Many commercial operations such
as airports, hospitals and supermarkets now have their floors cleaned by
drones. An example is the Gausium
Phantas; see https://gausium.com
Ingenuity helicopter
The Ingenuity helicopter (Fig.21)
was the first flying vehicle on another
planet. It was delivered as part of the
Mars 2020 mission, along with the
Perseverance ground rover. It was
intended to last only five flights, but
completed 72 flights before a rotor
blade failure.
The failure was attributed to a blade
strike on the ground due to the inability of the navigation system to cope
with an area of featureless terrain.
It weighed 1.4kg, had a motor power
of 350W and used the Zigbee protocol
for communications back to the rover.
It was powered by six Sony/Murata
US18650VTC4 lithium-ion batteries
(which anyone can buy), which were
recharged by a solar panel between
flights. Its cumulative flight time was
just over two hours, and it covered
17km.
Due to the extremely low air pressure on Mars, the rotor blades had to
spin extremely fast; between 2400 and
2900 RPM despite their large diameter of 1.2m.
Surprisingly, this is comparable
with small model helicopters on Earth,
such as the Blade Fusion 480, which
Fig.20 (left): Serhii’s photo of a Russian optic-fibre guided drone found in
Ukraine. The optical fibre spool is outlined. Source: https://t.me/serhii_flash/2413
Fig.21 (above): the Ingenuity helicopter drone on Mars. Source: NASA
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
September 2025 23
has a 1.1m rotor diameter with rotor
speeds up to 3000 RPM.
General Atomics MQ-1 Predator
This US drone became famous for its
use in 2001 in Afghanistan, with other
appearances in Bosnia, Iraq, Libya,
Pakistan, Somalia, Syria, Yemen and
Yugoslavia – see Fig.22. It was in production from 1995 to 2018, and could
be used for either reconnaissance or
attack.
It had a cruise speed of 130km/h, a
24 hour endurance, a range of 1250km,
a service ceiling of 7600m and an
86kW Rotax four-cylinder air-cooled
turbocharged engine.
Fig.22: an MQ-1 Predator surveillance/attack drone.
Source: https://w.wiki/EDQG
Fig.23: an artist’s impression of the Lockheed Martin RQ-170 Sentinel stealth
drone. Source: https://w.wiki/EDQH
Lockheed Martin RQ-170 Sentinel
The RQ-170 (Fig.23) is a stealth
reconnaissance drone introduced in
2007. Very little is known about it.
It is a flying wing design, somewhat
like the Northrop B-2 Spirit; about
20-30 are believed to be in service. It
was produced at the famous Skunkworks facilities, where America’s most
advanced and secret aerospace projects are developed.
It has a wingspan of 11.6m and a
length of 4.5m. It is powered by a turbofan engine and is thought to have an
endurance of 5-6 hours and a service
ceiling of 15,000m (49,000ft).
Long-range consumer drones
We saw a quadcopter drone available
in Australia at https://au.aeroodrones.
com/products/aeroo-pro that is stated
to be able to deliver a 1kg payload
with a flight time up to 45 minutes
and a 10km range (note CASA rules,
see below, when considering the flight
range).
Lunar drones
We mentioned the Australian-made
lunar rover Roo-ver in our article on
the 2025 Airshow. Another interesting lunar drone is the Micro Nova
“Grace”, a unique hopping drone that
uses a rocket engine to move about
– see Fig.25. It landed on the moon
on the 6th of March 2025, as part of
the IM-2 mission. Unfortunately, the
lander carrying it fell over and the
mission failed.
Fig.24: an ornithopter drone. Source: www.hackster.io/news/swifts-provideinspiration-for-lightweight-quiet-and-maneuverable-ornithopter-droned0e2f8a0785c
Medical drones
Some drones are used to deliver
medical supplies or equipment, such
as defibrillators. These are designed
so non-specialists can use them to
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
24
Silicon Chip
provide first aid before emergency
services arrive.
Ornithopter drones
Ornithopters are aircraft that fly by
flapping wings like birds, bats and
insects. Researchers at Nanyang Technological University, the Defence Science and Technology Group, Qingdao
University of Technology, the University of South Australia and National
Chiao Tung University developed a
26g, 200mm-long ornithopter flapping
wing drone (see Fig.24).
It is quiet and energy efficient, consuming 40% less energy than the production of equivalent thrust from a
propeller.
Passenger drones
Companies that are developing
unpiloted drones to convey passengers as air taxis include:
● Archer Aviation (https://archer.
com)
● Boeing (https://wisk.aero)
● CityAirbus (siliconchip.au/link/
ac6a)
● Ehang (www.ehang.com)
● Joby Aviation (www.jobyaviation.
com)
● Volocopter (www.volocopter.
com/en)
The VoloCity by Volocopter (Fig.26)
may be furthest down the
certification pathway,
and will commence operations with a pilot
soon. It is intended to be pilotless
in the future. It has two seats, 18
rotors, nine swappable batteries for
a fast turnaround, a maximum takeoff weight of 1000kg, a range of 20km
and a cruise speed of 90km/h. It has
undergone 2000 test flights to date.
Power line inspection
Drones can be equipped with UV
cameras for inspecting of power lines.
Ultraviolet light emanates from a
corona discharge, which can indicate
a faulty power line.
Solar-powered micro drones
Researchers at Beihang University
have produced a tiny solar powered
drone weighing just 4.21g with a diameter of 20cm (see Fig.27). The vehicle
is called the CoulombFly and uses an
electrostatic motor rather than a traditional AC or DC motor. An electrostatic motor utilises the attraction and
siliconchip.com.au
repulsion of electric charges rather
than magnetic fields.
Electrostatic motors require high
voltages to operate, so the CoulombFly contains a boost converter to boost
less than 100V from the solar cells to
over 9kV. This prototype device does
not carry a payload.
Solar surveillance drone
Some drones using solar panels
have an especially long flight time.
The Zephyr High Altitude Platform
Station (HAPS) is a high-persistence
solar-powered surveillance drone that
has been developed by Airbus subsidiary AALTO (www.aaltohaps.com).
It has a 25m wingspan, weighs 75kg,
operates above 18km (59,000ft) and
runs on batteries that are charged by
solar panels during the day. It has a
potential mission duration of many
months. See our August 2023 article
on High-Altitude Aerial Platforms
(HAPS; siliconchip.au/Article/15894).
Stealthy drones
Is it a bird? Is it a plane? Guard from
Above (https://guardfromabove.com)
have developed the Evolution Eagle
UAS for covert surveillance. It blends
into the natural environment – that’s a
fancy way of saying it looks like a bird
( s e e the photo on the left). Its suggested uses are intelligence,
border patrol, public safety, wildlife control and
detection of poachers.
Swarming drones
Swarming drones act in groups and
can have either military or civilian
applications.
A robotic swarm is a group of robots
that behave in a swarm-like manner (like a flock of birds or swarm of
insects) without centralised control
(except perhaps overall direction). The
members interact with other members
of the swarm and the environment at
large.
Robotic swarms can exhibit complex behaviour, but are governed by
a small set of principles as follows:
maintain separation to avoid collisions, coordinate movement to maintain the average heading of neighbours (alignment), and keep the group
together as a whole by maintaining a
group ‘centre of mass’.
To accomplish this, there may be
many simple robots of limited ability
Australia's electronics magazine
Fig.25: the Micro Nova “Grace”
lunar hopping drone. Source: www.
intuitivemachines.com/micro-nova
Fig.26: VoloCity is said to be quieter
than a helicopter. Source: www.
volocopter.com/en/newsroom/vc-jetsystems
Fig.27: the prototype solar-powered
CoulombFly drone, which uses an
electrostatic motor. Source: Xinhua
News – siliconchip.au/link/ac6d
September 2025 25
that can communicate with all the
others to follow the above principles.
These principles apply to swarming
animals too.
Robotic swarms have some benefits:
● Fault tolerance; the failure of one
device does not have a major impact.
● The swarm can be scaled up or
down in size as required.
● A swarm is flexible and can be
programmed to perform many different tasks.
● The swarm may be more cost-
effective than a few more expensive
drones.
Military applications include surveillance and/or attack. Civilian
applications include drone shows
(see Fig.28).
the event the cable is severed. Typical
altitudes achieved by tethered drones
are 60-120m, or even as high as 200m,
depending on regulatory limits.
Various hobby or professional
drones can be converted to tethered
operation with appropriate accessories. Example accessories to convert
some DJI drones to tethered operation can be seen at siliconchip.au/
link/ac6b
WASP
The WASP AE, built by AeroVironment (https://avinc.com), was introduced in 2012 and is used by the US
military and Australian Army, among
others – see Fig.29. It is in the process
of being phased out. It weighs 430g,
has an endurance of 45 minutes, a
Tethered drones
range of 5km, an altitude of up to 300m
These are like conventional free- (1000ft) and a top speed up to 65km/h.
flying drones, but they have a wire
connecting them to the ground, over Drones in warfare
which power and data can be transMilitary drones need no longer be
mitted. This theoretically gives them multi-million-dollar machines used
an indefinite flight duration; or at least by well-funded militaries; cheap conuntil the motors or other components sumer or home-made drones can be
need maintenance or wear out.
easily adapted or constructed for miliThere are obvious limitations on the tary purposes. Hobby drones are plenlength of wire that can be supported tiful, cheap, easy to transport and easy
(but also see the section on drones with to set up. The cost benefit is hugely
optical fibre data links). Advantages asymmetrical.
include relative ease of operation; no
As an example, a properly equipped
RF emissions (making them stealthy); $300 drone can destroy a $30 million
imperviousness to jamming; the abil- asset like a parked aircraft or tank. For
ity to perform persistent surveillance; example, see the video about Ukraine’s
and the ability to be attached to a mov- use of hobby drones at https://youtu.
ing vehicle.
be/hWxUt41DlB4
One application is as a self-
Ukraine has developed its own
contained radio relay, like the MPU5 indigenous drone capability and
Mobile Ad Hoc Networking (MANET) makes its own drones without reliance
radio (www.persistentsystems.com/
on imported components, or at least
mpu5). Tethered drones usually have can use generic imported components
a backup battery to return home in with no reliance on just one or a few
suppliers (https://en.victory-drones.
com). Ukraine has also converted
conventional aircraft such as small
Cessnas into drones.
Australia also supplies cardboard
‘flat pack’ drones to Ukraine (www.
sypaq.com.au). In Ukraine, inexpensive ground and sea-based drones are
also being used for military purposes.
Drone rules
The rules for usage of recreation and
other drones are constantly evolving.
Notably, for recreational use, there are
height restrictions, highly restricted
or prohibited usage in public parks
and national parks, a ban on beyond-
visual-range flying, transmitter power
and frequency limits, and many other
restrictions.
If you plan to fly a drone in Australia, familiarise yourself with the rules
and regulations. There is information
at www.casa.gov.au/drones and www.
casa.gov.au/drones/drone-rules
Commercial drone operators need
to be licensed. Also, in Australia, any
drone used for commercial purposes
needs to be registered. There was a
proposal for hobbyist drones over
250g to be registered, but this has been
delayed.
At the time of writing, the CASA
website states, “In some cases, you
don’t need to register your drone, such
as when: … you don’t intend to fly it
… you’re only flying for sport or recreation, including at CASA-approved
model airfields”.
Approved commercial drone delivery services in Australia include the
Australian company Swoop Aero, now
called Kite Aero (https://kite.aero) and
Wing Aviation (https://wing.com). Kite
Aero’s drone can deliver a 3kg payload
Fig.28: a drone show made using Skybrush.
Fig.29: soldiers from the Australian Army with a WASP
AE drone on left and a PD-100 Black Hornet drone on
right. Source: Sgt. Janine Fabre, Australian Defence
26
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.30 (left): the R&S Ardronis protection package. Depending on the model, it can detect the radio signal from a drone,
even before it is launched; can determine the position of the drone; and can disrupt radio signals from the drone.
Source: www.rohde-schwarz.com/de/unternehmen/magazine/drohnenabwehr_251858.html
Fig.31 (right): the Discovair CUAS acoustic detection sensor. Source: www.sqhead.com/drone-detection
over 175km at a speed of 122km/h
(see Fig.32). Wing’s drone can deliver
a 2.3kg payload over 10km at a speed
of 105km/h.
Kite Aero is approved to deliver
goods in Toowoomba & Goondiwindi
(Qld), while Wing Aviation (owned
by the parent company of Google) is
approved to deliver goods in areas of
East Melbourne (Vic), North Canberra
(ACT) and Logan (Qld).
Defending against drones
Defence against hostile drones can
be either active or passive. The best
approach depends on whether the
drone is using radio control and satellite navigation (GPS or other GNSS)
or is fully autonomous. An autonomous drone cannot be disabled by
disrupting radio signals, as it does
not use any.
Active approaches for drones
under external control and navigation include disruption or jamming
of radio signals or navigation signals,
causing the drone to crash; or spoofing
of GNSS to make the drone think it is
somewhere other than the intended
place. Another approach is to ‘hack’
into the drone to assume control of
it (see D-Fend Solutions; https://dfendsolutions.com).
Other defences involve the destruction of the drone using a laser or projectiles. The ‘obsolete’ German Flakpanzer Gepard anti-aircraft system has
been found to be especially effective
at destroying at ranges of up to 4km.
High-power microwave beams or
electromagnetic pulses can also be
directed at a drone to destroy the
device’s electronics, assuming they
aren’t shielded.
Systems exist that ‘fry’ drone
electronics using focused beams
of radio-frequency energy. These
directed energy weapons (DEWs) or
high-powered microwave (HPM) systems typically only work over a range
of a few hundred metres, though, so
they are best for point defence of critical infrastructure.
Physical barriers are another option.
Fig.32: the Kite Aero Kite delivery drone.
Source: https://kite.aero/technology/kite/
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
In some cases, such as jails, netting is
reported to be used to prevent drone
landings. Devices that fire a net at a
drone are also available. An unusual
approach is the use of a trained predatory bird to attack drones.
Passive approaches include detecting drones using sensors like radar,
cameras and microphones. RF analysers can also detect control signals,
if present, and reveal the make and
model of drone. In some cases, it’s
possible to use triangulation to locate
the drone with multiple RF receivers, to provide an early warning of an
approaching drone.
All of these approaches have advantages and disadvantages; it is best to
use a combination of them.
Commercial anti-drone
systems
The Rohde & Schwarz Ardronis
(see www.rohde-schwarz.com/au/
home_48230.html) is a drone protection package which, depending on
the model, can detect the radio signal
from a drone and identify the model,
even before it is launched – see Fig.30.
It can also determine the position of
the drone and disrupt radio signals.
The Squarehead Technology Discovair CUAS detection sensor (www.
sqhead.com) is an acoustic array that
uses machine learning to acoustically
detect drones – see Fig.31. Multiple
sensors can be coupled together to
provide more extensive coverage and
triangulation of the position.
The CPM-WATSON-PLUS is a
device to disrupt drone control and
GNSS navigation signals (see Fig.9).
DIEHL Defence (www.diehl.com/
defence/en) makes the HPEM (HighPower Electro-Magnetics) Skywolf,
September 2025 27
which produces high-power electromagnetic pulses directed at a drone
to disrupt its electronics – see Fig.33.
Dutch firm Guard From Above
(https://guardfromabove.com) trains
eagles to attack drones – see Fig.34.
Fig.35 shows a system from Rafael
(https://rafael.co.il) for a kinetic means
to destroy drones, especially autonomous ones that don’t use a data or
navigation link.
Australian company RedTail Technology (www.redtailtech.com.au) has
developed a range of directed-energy
laser weapons to combat unfriendly
drones, especially autonomous types.
Fig.33: the Diehl Defence HPEM Skywolf produces high-power electromagnetic
pulses to disrupt drone electronics. Source: www.diehl.com/defence/en/
products/reconnaissance-and-protection
Drone shows & sports
Skybrush (https://skybrush.io) is
open-source drone show software.
It can be used to create spectacular shows with groups of swarming drones, as previously shown in
Fig.28.
Drone racing is a sport governed
internationally by the Fédération
Aéronautique Internationale. The
drones used are typically small,
high-powered quadcopter-style aircraft with an FPV (first person view)
camera. This allows the operator to
view the live video feed on a headmounted display.
The first FPV drone races were held
in Australia and New Zealand in 2014,
but drone racing without FPV equipment was first held in Germany in 2011
(siliconchip.au/link/ac68). Normally,
humans race each other, but you can
see a human-vs-AI race at siliconchip.
au/link/ac6e
The AI drone taught itself a faster
way through the course than the
human. For more details, see www.
droneracingaustralia.com.au and
www.droneracing.nz
Future concerns
Fig.34: a trained eagle
attacks a drone.
Existing and future airspace management concerns include how to integrate drone operations, such as deliveries, with existing air traffic control.
It’s also necessary to protect against
the use of drones by terrorist groups,
requiring the development and use of
counter-drone technology. Hobbyists
and experimenters should also not be
unnecessarily restricted by such considerations.
Accidents
During the recent Los Angeles wildfires, one plane was hit by a drone. Fortunately, the damage was not severe
and no-one was hurt. This is why strict
rules against flying hobby drones near
airports and in controlled airspace
need to be observed.
Further reading/viewing
Fig.35: Raphael Typhoon 30 for defence against drones, at a test site. The
projectile is fired from the barrel on the left; the tower hosts the sensors.
28
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
● More information about the US
Army Air Force’s Aphrodite and
the US Navy’s Anvil programs is at
siliconchip.au/link/ac6c
● How Ukraine’s grenade-dropping
drones changed war (Daily Mail):
https://youtu.be/qtF2dOic0Y4
● How Ukraine tries to change the
battlefield with ground drones: https://
SC
youtu.be/NXqt9dRfqQM
siliconchip.com.au
Spring
Power Up’s
altronics.com.au
240V power
from a lithium
battery!
Sale prices end September 30th.
GREAT
VALUE!
SAVE $30
34.95
$
30
$
X 7014
T 2555
Keep an eye on the weather
Hands free, head worn
magnifier.
Thousands sold! Offers 1.5x, 3x, 8.5x,10x
magnification with LED lamp. Requires
2xAAA batteries.
This handy indoor/outdoor weather monitor
provides temperture, humidity, clock &
calendar in one handy jumbo readout. Includes
wireless sensor.
SAVE $19
M 8199B
Portable power for any adventure.
This portable power generator is fitted with 194Wh battery bank &
150W mains inverter. Allowing you cable free power for both AC and DC
appliances anywhere! Plus 2.1mm DC power & USB charging for keeping
everything charged on the go. 40W solar panel (N0040F) to suit $99.95.
Great sound
and long run
time!
NEW!
60
269
$
NEW!
SAVE 15%
99
$
$
SAVE $50
C 9021B
C 9040B Black
C 9040G Green
C 9040R Red
C 9040W Latte
HiFuture FlyBuds ANC Ear Buds
®
HiFuture® ANC Headphones
Brand name noise cancelling performance
for a fraction of the price! The Futuretour
headphones offer a stylish stealth black
finish and excellent noise isolation (up to
20dB reduction) for work and travel.
Available in 4 colours! These true wireless
earbuds offer high performance noise
cancelling and up to 30 hours of listening time.
Great for
fitness!
TOP VALUE!
34.95
$
A 1111
59.95
Don’t get stuck with a dud battery!
279
$
M 8195C
Suits 12V battery vehicles. 24000mAh rated battery provides up to
2400A peak output when cranking. A 90W USB PD output is provided
for your laptop (use it like a giant battery bank!). It also has a 600
lumen LED torch in built.
SAVE 30%
30
$
NEW!
$
Lithium-Ion Vehicle Jump
Starter & Power Bank
C 9044B Black
C 9044W White
Bluetooth Plane Adaptor
HiFuture® Over Ear Headphones
Transmits audio from any single or dual
jack airplane audio socket to your favourite
Bluetooth headphones. 4-5 hours listening.
Latest design in over ear wireless stereo (OWS)
headphones - drivers sit on your ear rather than
in your ear canal for all day comfort.
N 0700A
Battery
saver!
Protect your car battery with a solar maintainer.
This compact 5W solar panel is designed for keeping your vehicle
batteries topped up when parked.
Your electronics supplier since 1976.
Shop in-store at one of our 11 locations around Australia:
WA » PERTH » JOONDALUP » CANNINGTON » MIDLAND » MYAREE » BALCATTA
VIC » SPRINGVALE » AIRPORT WEST QLD » VIRGINIA NSW » AUBURN SA » PROSPECT
Sale ends September 30th 2025.
Build It Yourself Electronics Centre®
Tools
Amazing
value under
$100
Q 1073A
SAVE $10
SAVE $70
239
$
T 2065
Vacuum Desoldering Station
Desolder
parts in
seconds!
NEW!
89
49.95
$
$
Top Spec True RMS DMM
Our first multimeter with wireless USB
charging in-built! Includes top spec features
such as illuminated sockets, LED torch,
desk stand, True RMS, non contact voltage
detection, frequency meter and relative mode.
T 2181
5 In 1 Plier, Cutter &
Crimper
Interchangeable magnetic heads with
ultra secure fit for even the toughest
of jobs. Includes pliers, cable cutters,
wire strippers, scissors and connector
crimping pliers.
T 1297
SAVE $20
Designed to desolder through hole componentry,
removing molten solder quickly and easily from
solder pads and components. In-handle reservoir is easily removed and
cleaned. Includes three desoldering tip, nozzle cleaner and filter pads.
99
$
T 2486
68W Compact
Soldering Station
SAVE 15%
Benchtop Fume
Extractor
Offers convenience and plenty
of power for the enthusiast
with precise dial control and
temperature lock. In-built
sleeper stand shuts down the
unit when not in use saving on
power costs. Includes a fine
1.2mm chisel tip, solder
reel holder
and tip
sponge.
38
$
Whisk away irritating
solder fumes instantly as
you work. The replaceable
active carbon filter absorbs
fumes for a cleaner work
environment. Includes
100mm ducting adaptor.
Easily screw clamps to your
work bench.
T 2040
Super Hot Blow Torch
A 1300°C blow torch with adjustable
gas feed for a variety of tasks such as
brazing and model making. Refill with
T2451 butane gas $9.50.
SAVE $26
99
$
T 1462
SAVE $5.95
29
$
SolderPro 125W
Gas Tool Kit
Totally wireless
operation - No need
to run extension leads!
Easy to light, one-click
piezo ignition. Blow
torch & soldering iron
in one. 2 year warranty.
Includes hot air tip, heat
deflector, additional gas
cartridge, solder, sponge
and hard carry case.
SAVE $56
139
$
T 2110
Add gas
for $9.50
SAVE 15%
58
$
(T2451)
T 2631
SCAN TO FOLLOW US!
Stay up to date on latest releases,
exclusive specials and news on
our socials.
1500W
Heat Gun
Ultimate Helping Hands
This space efficient work station packs in loads of
features, including 4 flexible clamp arms, solder
holder, dry tip cleaner, container of flux.
Perfect for heatshrink - shrinks
evenly without burning. Shifts paint,
solvents from surfaces, makes plastics
malleable, etc. 450L/min airflow.
Like our service?
Review your store on Google.
Every review helps us serve you better.
Power Buys!
20%
M 8060 300W
130
$
M 8062 600W
OFF THIS
MONTH!
229
$
M 8064 1000W
339
$
BONUS: Solar charge controller,
valued at $56.95 (N2018 )
M 8065 1500W
N 1114A 100W
499
SAVE $70
Heavy Duty Solar Blankets
Premium quality solar charging for your remote power.
Provide portable charging power for your campsite set
up. Double stitched panels, durable webbing straps and
metal hanging loops and zippered cable pocket. 200W
version has folding legs which allow the panel to be used
freestanding. Folds up and secures with velcro for a fast
getaway! 5m Anderson cable connection.
$
229
$
N 1117A 200W
Pure Sine Wave
M 8066 2000W
BlackMax DC to AC Power Inverters.
$
Housed in a rugged aluminium extrusion, this range delivers
robust reliability and unwavering performance - even
under severe operating conditions. For peace of mind all
models have been certified to Australian Standard AS/NZS
4763.2011. Ideal for tricky loads, such as laptops, TVs & game
consoles. Perfect for 4WDs, campers, caravans & trade vans.
SAVE $70
379
$
Now with
LiFePo4
support
664
M 8067 2500W
949
$
SAVE $20
89
$
Q 2118
SAVE $20
99
SAVE $40
NEW!
159
$
$
M 8534B 4.5A
M 8536B 10A
Suits lead acid, AGM
& LiFePO4 batteries
6V/12V Battery Chargers & Maintainers
Microprocessor controlled to ensure your battery is kept in tip-top
condition whenever you need it. Suitable for permanent connection
for battery maintenance. Great for caravans & agricultural equipment
and more. Weather resistant IP65 casing.
59
$
M 8521B
Handy Battery Maintainer
Diagnose Battery Problems FAST
Hassle free maintenance charging for
vehicle & LiFePO4 lithium batteries.
6/12V 1.5A output.
This handy digital battery analyser measures
cold cranking amperes (CCA), resistance and
battery cell condition. Suits 12V batteries.
D 0531
SAVE $30
99
M 8870
SAVE $30
M 8867
15W
39.95
$
$
Fast
Charge
NEW!
99
140W USB PD Charger
Charge up all your devices from your
vehicle! Provides 140W USB C Power
Delivery (PD3.0/3.1). Fitted with convenient 2m cable.
Provides three USB C power delivery
(3.1/PPS) ports and one USB A QC port
in a compact charger. Equipped with
GaN chip for fast, efficient charging.
SAVE $10
39.95
$
140W USB PD Car Charger
D 2208A
$
38Wh Magnetic Wireless
Power Bank
Wireless Charger
Phone Holder
Offers plenty of back up power for
charging devices, 20W PD output, 15W
wireless + Apple watch charging.
Save time in the car with this handy
motorised phone mount. Windscreen or vent mount.
NO STRESS 30 DAY RETURNS!
GOT A QUESTION?
Not satisfied or not suitable? No worries! Return it in
original condition within 30 days and get a refund.
Ask us! Email us any time at:
customerservice<at>altronics.com.au
Conditions apply - see website.
Gadgets
Galore.
The ultimate work lamp for your
electronics work bench.
This month
109
$
SAVE
$20
Easy to set up
anywhere!
X 4200 3 Dioptre
X 4201 5 Dioptre
No more eye strain!
A 3615
SAVE $40
Ultra-bright long life LED for fantastic clarity. Why pay $400 or
more for a Maggy-Lamp? Let “gadget” be your eyes. Identify those
impossible to read miniature parts without straining your eyes.
Great for collectors, model makers, jewellers etc.
149
$
Mini Wi-Fi LED Projector
4K video
or 20MP
still shot !
Great for movie nights with friends and family! This compact projector
offers excellent LED picture quality with 800x480p resolution for screens
up to 4m (170”) wide! Very simple to set up with adjustable focus &
projection distance (1-5m). HDMI input or Wi-Fi screen mirroring for
playback directly from your device.
Tyre Pressure
Monitor System
X 7018*
SAVE $20
This solar powered TPMS
unit sits on your dash
and provides wireless
monitoring of your tyre
pressures. Provides high/
low pressure alarms,
leak detection and temp
monitoring. Signal
booster option
Q1302 $95.
79
$
S 9446E
SAVE $35
140
$
Q 1300
With USB
charging.
M 8070B
SAVE $19
50
$
240V from your vehicle
cup holder.
Simply plugs into a 12V cigarette
lighter socket & provides mains
power! 150W rated (300W surge).
X 0432B
SAVE 15%
4K video surveillance
anywhere you need it!
Great for monitoring in remote locations,
temporary CCTV etc. Footage review
screen inside. Requires SD card, DA0330A
64GB $27 & 4xAA batteries.
Monitor your roast or BBQ with ease
using this smart Bluetooth meat thermometer—track temps, set targets, and
get real-time updates right from your
phone. Perfect for oven or grill. Easy
USB recharging.
SAVE 24%
30
$
SAVE $20
79
42
Adjustable 5x-7x magnifier with
LED backlight. Great for reading
fine print, maps, examining parts
and more!
99
$
Perfectly
cooked every time!
Q 1058
$
$
Get a crisp close up view
NEW!
Folding Auto Ranging DMM
Provides in depth functionality for technicians. Plus features such as dwell angle,
RPM engine speed and duty cycle it can also
be used for car servicing. Folding design
stays put on any surface while testing.
A 0329
Battery Free Door Bell
Never change batteries again! Kinetic
action with wireless chime unit. 58 ring
tones. 150m range.
Sale Ends September 30th 2025
Shop in-store at one of our 11 locations around Australia:
WA » PERTH » JOONDALUP » CANNINGTON » MIDLAND » MYAREE » BALCATTA
VIC » SPRINGVALE » AIRPORT WEST QLD » VIRGINIA NSW » AUBURN SA » PROSPECT
Or find a local reseller at: altronics.com.au/storelocations/dealers/
Shop online 24/7 <at> altronics.com.au
© Altronics 2025. E&OE. Prices stated herein are only valid until date shown or until stocks run out. Prices include GST and exclude freight and insurance. See latest catalogue for freight rates.
B 0009
PICkit Basic & MPLAB X 6.25
Programmer/Debugger
The MPLAB PICkit Basic is a new cost-effective
programmer and debugger from Microchip Technology.
It requires the latest version 6.25 of the MPLAB X IDE
software, so we decided to see what new features
are available. We’ll also mention some other recent
announcements from Microchip.
Review by Tim Blythman
W
e’ve seen a number of interesting
announcements from Microchip
Technology lately, so we thought that
this article would be a good place to
wrap up the latest news. While we
don’t exclusively use their microcontrollers in our projects, we do use
them quite frequently, so we take an
interest in new tools, parts and software they offer.
Readers often ask about the best programmer to get; many need to program
just a single chip to get their project
working. So it’s often the case that the
cheapest thing that will do the job is
the best. Thus, the cost-effective PICkit
Basic programmer/debugger caught
our attention.
The related MPLAB X IDE software
includes features such as an editor,
compiler and programmer interface
to integrate all the steps needed to
develop software for microcontrollers.
The release notes for MPLAB X IDE
version 6.25 mention support for the
new PIC32A and dsPIC33A families
of processors, so we’ll look at what
they offer.
We’ve also designed a small USB
power PCB to enhance the PICkit
Basic. We describe its purpose,
construction and use in an separate, accompanying article.
Previous programmers
Before getting to the details
of the PICkit Basic, let’s take a
quick look at what led up to
it and some related concepts
and articles.
We reviewed the PICkit 5 programmer and debugger in November
2023 (siliconchip.au/Article/16016).
Externally, it looks quite similar to
its PICkit 4 predecessor, although it
has a modern USB-C socket instead of
the 4’s micro-USB socket. That article
also covered the new features of the
MPLAB X IDE v6.x, which had just
been released then.
The PICkit 5 has a Bluetooth module and can communicate wirelessly
with a Microchip smartphone app,
allowing a PICkit 5 to use its PTG
(programmer to go) features without
needing to be connected to a computer.
This provides full galvanic isolation
whilst using the PTG feature, since the
PICkit 5 can also be powered from its
target circuit.
The PICkit Basic comes with more accessories than the more expensive
PICkit 5. The serial wire debug (SWD) adaptor and cable will be handy
for those working with ARM chips, while the eight-way connector with
colour-coded extension wires are suitable for all processor types.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
In case you are not aware, a programmer is used (among other things)
to load a program file onto a microcontroller platform. For modern systems,
that typically means writing to the
micro’s internal flash memory.
A debugger can be used to monitor
and control a running microcontroller
so that its operation can be checked.
As the name suggests, this can help to
find bugs (ie, faults in the software).
You might hear it called in-circuit
debugging (ICD) to emphasise the fact
that you can debug the microcontroller while it is connected to a working
circuit.
Devices like the PICkit 5 can pause
the microcontroller’s operation and
even read and write its memory.
‘Breakpoints’ make it pause when the
program reaches a certain point. All
the currently supported Microchip
programmers also incorporate comprehensive debugging features for the
PIC microcontrollers that we use, so
we will simply refer to them as programmers.
Our review of the PICkit 4 included
a panel about debugging if you want
to read more about this process using
the MPLAB X IDE (September 2018;
siliconchip.au/Article/11237).
The Snap programmer was released
September 2025 33
The pin markings on the top of the PICkit Basic’s case are a very nice touch. The
colour codes match those on the eight-way connector cable. The slot at lower
left gives access to a pushbutton that can be used to hard-reset the programmer.
not long after the PICkit 4. We
reviewed it in May 2019 (siliconchip.
au/Article/11628) and found it to be a
cut-down (and thus cheaper) version
of the PICkit 4. While it lacks some features, we have been using the Snap for
most of our programming and debugging needs over the last five years.
Other articles that might be helpful
include our feature from January 2021
about installing and using the MPLAB
X IDE (siliconchip.au/Article/14707).
Also, the PIC Programming Helper
project (June 2021; siliconchip.au/
Article/14889) still works with recent,
small (eight- to 20-pin) 8-bit PIC microcontrollers.
The PIC Programming Adaptor (September 2023; siliconchip.au/
Article/15943) is designed
to ease the process of programming micros outof-circuit. We use this
frequently to program DIP chips for
sale in the Silicon Chip Shop. It can
handle just about all the through-hole
PIC micros we sell that have no more
than 40 pins.
For programming microcontrollers
in SOIC and SSOP SMD packages, we
use commercially available SMD-toDIP adaptors, which are discussed on
the last page of the Adaptor article. For
larger parts in the TQFP (thin quad flat
pack) form factor, there is the option of
using the TQFP Programming Adaptors project (October 2023; siliconchip.
au/Article/15977).
The PICkit Basic
The PICkit Basic appears to be a lowcost variant of the PICkit 5, much like
the Snap was for the PICkit 4. Like the
Snap, it cannot power the target microcontroller or perform ‘high-
voltage
programming’.
The Snap programmer
shares a close resemblance
to the PICkit Basic.
They both boast a
SAME70 processor
and are very
similar in size
and layout.
The PICkit Basic rounds out the product range
neatly, with it being the low-cost version of the
PICkit 5. Similarly, the PICkit 4 was followed by
the low-cost Snap programmer.
34
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
Target power is definitely a handy
feature, especially when chips are
being programmed out of circuit, but
it is by no means essential. Our PIC
Programming Helper project noted a
small modification that can be made
to the Snap to allow it to provide 5V
or 3.3V target power.
High-voltage programming (HVP)
uses a voltage much higher than the
chip’s normal supply voltage to signal entry to programming mode; 9V
or higher is typical. Earlier parts like
the PIC16F84 required HVP, but newer
parts from most families now have
a low-voltage programming (LVP)
mode.
HVP is not so easy to simulate,
since the high-voltage pulses have to
be delivered with the correct timing
and in synchronisation with the programmer’s actions. Some of the newer
AVR chips can be reset to LVP mode
by a single high-voltage pulse to the
right pin, but it is more typical that
the HVP and LVP protocols are completely separate.
Some microcontroller features can
only be accessed with HVP. This usually allows an extra pin to be used as a
digital input; a minor advantage compared with the ability to use a much
cheaper programmer. So for the most
part, we prefer to design our projects to
use LVP and thus transparently allow
use of cheaper programmers like the
Snap and PICkit Basic.
The PICkit Basic has the eight-pin
header that was introduced with the
PICkit 4. This was around the time
that Microchip took over Atmel, and
started adding support for the protocols of the various AVR and SAM chips
produced by Atmel.
Since they make up the bulk of
the micros that we use, our review
will focus on using the PICkit Basic
with PIC microcontrollers. But it will
work with many of the other microcontroller families that are offered by
Microchip.
There is no microSD card slot on
the PICkit Basic, and no Bluetooth
module, so there is no PTG (programmer to go) feature or app connectivity.
The PICkit 5 also has a hidden pushbutton switch actuated by pushing
on the top of the unit that the PICkit
Basic lacks.
The status of the PICkit 4 or 5 is
shown through a stripe-shaped light
guide on the top of the case, while
the Basic has two small round holes
siliconchip.com.au
through which LEDs are visible. There
are two larger holes in the top of the
case, one of which allows access to an
emergency recovery pushbutton. The
Snap only offers a pair of pads that can
be shorted to provide this function!
Unlike the Snap’s bare PCB or even
the fully-featured PICkit 5, the PICkit
Basic has a plastic case marked with a
pin connection guide for six different
microcontroller families. So our initial perception is that the PICkit Basic
is similarly featured to the Snap, but
with a number of niceties, like the case
and a USB-C connector. These make it
a better tool overall.
Accessories
The PICkit 5’s only supplied accessory was a USB-A to USB-C cable,
while the PICkit Basic comes with
a USB-C to USB-C cable. Also supplied is an eight-pin SIL connector
with colour-coded wires; the coding
matches the main unit. The colours
are the same as resistor colour codes,
except that brown and orange (for one
and three) are swapped! Presumably,
this is to keep us on our toes.
An ARM SWD (serial wire debug)
adaptor is also supplied, adapting the
8-pin 2.54mm (0.1in) pitch to a 10-pin
1.27mm (0.05in) box header. It comes
with a matching ten-pin IDC cable with
socket headers at both ends. These suit
the SWD headers found on many ARM
development boards.
SWD is an implementation of the
JTAG (Joint Test Action Group) standard designed for use with ARM processors. It performs much the same
role as ICSP (in-circuit serial programming) on PIC microcontrollers,
and can be used for programming and
debugging. You can see the SWD and
JTAG pinouts marked on the top of the
PICkit Basic.
The eight-pin SIL header suits just
about all of our PIC projects that incorporate an ICSP header. Typically, only
Screen 1; the ‘data
stream interface’ is a
USB-serial port that is
connected to pins 7 and
8 of the PICkit Basic’s
headers. It can be used
independently of the
ICSP programming
pins (refer to Table 1).
five of the eight connections need to
be made for PICs.
The package also includes a sticker
sheet with two MPLAB PICkit Basic
stickers.
Table 1 shows the pinouts for the
various supported interfaces, as listed
on the PICkit Basic’s label (plus the
AVR ISP pinout, which many readers
might find handy).
The rightmost column shows the
pinouts for the so-called data stream
interface. This is effectively a USB-
serial adaptor built into the programmer; it appears as a virtual serial port
on our computer.
Internals
We popped the PICkit Basic out of
its case to see what’s inside; the photos overleaf show the PICkit Basic’s
red PCB. The family resemblance to
the Snap is striking, with a SAME70
processor dominating both boards.
Much of the remaining circuitry
looks almost identical to the Snap,
with the emergency recovery pushbutton labelled SW1 and two larger LEDs
being the most obvious differences.
Hands-on testing
The PICkit Basic is not supported
by versions of the MPLAB X IDE prior
to 6.25, so we had to install the latest
version before using the programmer.
From there, operation of the PICkit
Basic was quite seamless. We selected
the new programmer in our current
PIC project and, after a brief delay to
Pin
Colour
ICSP
MIPS EJTAG
SWD
JTAG
1
Orange
MCLR
MCLR
RESET
2
Red
VDD
VDD
VDD
VTG
VTG
3
Brown
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
4
Yellow
DAT
TDO
SWO
TDO
5
Green
CLK
TCK
SWCLK
TCK
6
Blue
7
Purple
TDI
8
Grey
TMS
Table 1 – PICkit pin mappings
debugWIRE
UPDI
AVR ISP
UART
VTG
VTG
VTG
GND
GND
GND
DAT
MISO
RESET
RESET
CLK
RESET
TDI
SWDIO
update the firmware in the programmer, everything simply worked. Fortunately, the project we used to test this
has an internal power source, so the
lack of target power was not a problem.
We then tried out the data stream
interface. On Windows, we did not
need to install any drivers, but were
greeted with a new COM port named
“PICkit Basic Virtual COM port” (see
Screen 1). We could open this port in
the TeraTerm terminal emulator, even
while programming a PIC using the
IDE. It’s as though they are two completely separate hardware devices.
Of course, some of the other available device types require the data
stream interface pins, so this feature
will not be available when the PICkit
Basic is configured for other devices.
We’ve taken our Snap programmer
for granted for a while now, and its
micro-USB socket is starting to misbehave with wear and tear. The PICkit
Basic has come along at a good time
and it has quietly replaced its predecessor without any fuss.
So there really isn’t much more to
say; the PICkit Basic offers much the
same experience as the Snap, but with
a case and a USB-C socket, it’s sure to
be a more robust tool. There is a user
guide, but we imagine that anyone
that has used a Snap will not even
need that.
We noted in the PICkit 5 review
that the PICkit 4 was quietly relegated
to the status of ‘not recommended
for new designs’. We would not be
TMS
Australia's electronics magazine
RESET
MOSI
TX
RX
September 2025 35
Screen 2: the note at the bottom of the MPLAB X v6.25 installer marks the
dropping of support for the PICkit 3, among other older development tools.
surprised if something similar occurs
with the Snap programmer. At the time
of writing, some retailers are listing
the Snap quite cheaply, but many also
have them on back-order. The Snap
may be hard to buy in the future.
We purchased our PICkit Basic for
just over $50 from Mouser Electronics; it is listed for much the same price
at DigiKey. Both these stockists have
free shipping for orders over $60. By
adding a few extra parts to our order,
we were able to get our PICkit Basic
shipped for no extra cost. Its Microchip part number is PG164110, so a
web search for that should find other
suppliers.
The installation process of MPLAB
X version 6.25 shows this (Screen 2).
Older versions of the IDE are still available for download from the MPLAB
archive at siliconchip.au/link/abpn
Like the transition from the Snap
to the PICkit Basic, the new version
of the MPLAB X IDE works in much
the same fashion as its predecessor.
The older versions would occasionally
fail to compile a project, apparently
for no reason, since the compilation
would complete without problems
when started a second time. We’ve
seen less of these sorts of difficulties
with version 6.25.
MPLAB X 6.25 IDE software
This version of the MPLAB X IDE is
the first to offer support for the PIC32A
and dsPIC33A families of parts. For a
long time, we have used the PIC32M
series of microcontrollers, such as
the PIC32MX parts used in the many
Micromite variants. These have a MIPS
(Microprocessor without Interlocked
Pipelined Stages) processor core.
MIPS is a type of RISC (reduced
instruction set computer) processor
and is typically contrasted with CISC
(complex instruction set computer)
processors of which the x86 and x64
families are probably the most widely-
known.
The PIC32C family is based on the
ARM RISC architecture, while the
The MPLAB family of programs
goes back over 20 years, with the
MPLAB X variants appearing around
12 years ago. The latest versions are
highly modular, with separate compiler programs and loadable device
family packs for different processor
families. There are add-ons such as
MPLAB Harmony that can be used to
simplify device configuration.
The previous version (6.20) was the
last to support the venerable PICkit 3.
The PICkit 3 was released in 2009 and
has now been copied so much that if
you were to try to buy a PICkit 3 today,
it would likely be a clone instead of
the real thing.
36
Silicon Chip
The PIC32A and dsPIC33A
Australia's electronics magazine
PIC32A and dsPIC33A families are a
32-bit evolution of the familiar 8-bit
and 16-bit PIC processor cores. Users
of the 16-bit PIC24 and dsPIC33F parts
will note a similarity in the architecture and instruction set.
We’ve had a look at the data sheets
for these parts and there is lot of similarity with the PIC24 family. The
instruction set is quite similar. So we
anticipate that they will be of interest
to those who work with PIC assembly
language. The register set and status
bits are also quite familiar. The new
family also features a 64-bit floating
point unit, and two 72-bit multiply-
accumulate units.
Those latter features may sound
pretty straightforward but they represent a very large increase in number-
crunching computing power compared to chips that lack such dedicated hardware.
We’ve seen these new parts being
pitched as low-cost, and a search on
the likes of DigiKey and Mouser suggests they are available for around $3
in single quantities (and, of course,
somewhat cheaper if you buy many).
The dsPIC33AK128MC102 is a
28-pin part in a SSOP package.
Another example we found is the
PIC32AK3208GC41048, available in
a 48-pin TQFP package.
The PIC32AK3208GC41048 is no
slouch, with a 200MHz clock speed,
32kiB of program (flash) memory
and 8kiB of SRAM. The usual digital peripherals such as PWM, UART,
I2C and SPI are present. The analog
peripherals are impressive, with two
12-bit, 40MSa/s ADCs. There are also
onboard comparators, op amps and
three 12-bit DACs.
Internal peripherals include peripheral pin select (PPS), which allows
remapping of many digital peripherals
to different pins. There are also four
CLC (configurable logic cell) instances.
The CLC can be used as internal ‘glue’
logic between peripherals.
We previously used the CLC in an
8-bit PIC16F18146 to combine the
comparator and PWM features to
implement a simple but effective voltage boost controller. This was documented in the Digital Boost Regulator
project (December 2022; siliconchip.
au/Article/15588).
So there is a lot of commonality for
those accustomed to other PIC families. Even the configuration bits have
familiar names and behaviours. These
siliconchip.com.au
chips also have a security module to
allow secure booting and code protection.
The dsPIC33A family, like other
dsPIC families, is clearly aimed at
real-time digital signal processing
applications. This also includes
machine learning algorithms, as well
as the more traditional DSP applications, like audio and image processing.
These are capable chips at a good
price, and with their PIC pedigree,
should be easy to work with for those
who are familiar with other PICs. The
fast ADC alone may make it the part
of choice for certain projects.
Other news
There is also a 64-bit PIC family,
the PIC64GX, which has four RISC-V
cores. RISC-V is an open-source RISC
architecture, so manufacturers are not
encumbered by license fees as they
might be with other architectures. The
PIC64GX family is capable of running
Linux, so it appears to be suited to a
general-purpose computing role.
The writing of this article coincided with the Electronex trade show,
and we had the opportunity to talk to
the staff at Microchip as well as see a
presentation on the PIC64GX family.
We learned that there are other PIC64
RISC-V families planned for launch
later in 2025.
The Microchip engineers spoke
about how the PIC64GX offers true
asymmetric multi-processing. This
allows one of the processor cores to
be dedicated to real-time applications, such as motor control, while the
remaining cores can run operating system or application software.
We have also read that there is now
a Microchip MPLAB extension for the
Visual Studio Code IDE (VS Code). We
previously noted that the official Raspberry Pi SDK (software development
kit) for the Pico family of processors
has now moved to use VS Code; see
the article about Transitioning to the
Pico 2 from (March 2025; siliconchip.
au/Article/17796).
To get started with the Microchip MPLAB extension, search for
“MPLAB” in the VS Code Extensions
Marketplace and install the MPLAB
Extension Pack.
This should also install other features like project import and toolchain
support. As with the MPLAB X IDE,
compilers are installed separately.
There is also an AI coding assistant,
which we plan to test out in the near
future.
Where to buy it
Our Snap programmer has seen six
years of good use and the PICkit Basic
has come along at a good time. It has
quietly and seamlessly replaced the
Snap and we expect it should be good
for many more years, since its case
and USB-C socket will make it a more
robust tool. It just works!
There have been no real surprises
in the new version of the MPLAB X
IDE. We will pay close attention to
the Microchip MPLAB extension for
the VS Code IDE, especially given that
we can also use that IDE for development of projects for the Raspberry Pi
RP2xxx processors used in the Pico
and Pico 2 boards.
The new processor families being
released look very promising to us,
so we’ll monitor developments with
the new PIC32A, dsPIC33A and PIC64
parts that are now available.
For more information on the PICkit
Basic, see www.microchip.com/en-us/
development-tool/pg164110
Buy the PICkit Basic from Microchip Direct: www.microchipdirect.
com/dev-tools/PG164110
DigiKey: www.digikey.com.au/en/
products/detail/PG164110/25965142
Mouser: https://au.mouser.com/
SC
ProductDetail/579-PG164110
We removed the PICkit Basic’s plastic case to get these photos of the top and bottom of the PCB.
Readers who have a Snap programmer will see the similarities.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
September 2025 37
Project by Tim Blythman
PICkit Basic
Power Breakout Board
The PICkit BASIC programmer/debugger is compact, robust and works with most modern
PIC chips. But it could really use the ability to provide power to the chip being programmed.
This small PCB fixes that!
Compact inline unit
Makes 5V & 3.3V available from a USB-C cable
Passes USB 2.0 data through, allowing a PICkit Basic to be connected
A
s we noted in our review of the PICkit
Basic, starting on page 33 of this
issue, it appears to be an updated version of the Snap programmer. Two of
the most obvious improvements are
the plastic case and a USB-C socket.
Like the Snap, it does not offer
high-voltage programming (HVP).
HVP involves applying 9-13V to one
of the microcontroller pins to enter
its programming mode. This was the
only way to program older chips like
the PIC16F84.
Later chips still support HVP,
but many parts now support LVP
(low-voltage programming). So you
can use the PICkit Basic to program
most PICs we have used in our projects over the last few years (plus some
other non-PIC chips).
The feature that’s most notably
absent is the ability to provide ‘target power’, to run the chip being programmed (the target). Neither the Snap
nor PICkit Basic can do this.
Both these programmers still have
a power pin. On
the PICkit Basic,
it is labelled
as Vdd or Vtg.
The programmer uses this
to check for
the presence of a
suitable
supply
LED indicators for 5V & 3.3V presence
Jumper wire for voltage selection
voltage for the selected microcontroller before communicating with it.
Programming parts out-of-circuit,
like we do for the programmed chips
we sell, can be done using a device
like our TQFP Programming Adaptors
(siliconchip.au/Article/15977). These
adaptors have separate terminals that
can be used to provide power, so it’s
not necessary for the programmer to
offer target power, although it is still
convenient that you don’t need a separate power supply.
For in-circuit programming, such as
during a project’s development or for a
part that cannot be easily programmed
out-of-circuit, it might be possible to
use the onboard power supply. However, that might not be feasible for projects powered by high voltages, such as
from the mains.
At the other extreme, some circuits
use batteries or coin cells for power.
For those cases, it makes sense to use
an external power supply to avoid
discharging the battery during development.
Thus, it often makes sense to supply
power via the programming header. So
we need a way of injecting an appropriate voltage into the Vdd/Vtg pin. Most
modern micros will happily work at
3.3V, including just about all the parts
we use these days. So we have chosen
that as one of the available voltages.
The USB cable also means that 5V is
available.
The Breakout Board replicates a handy feature
we added to our Snap programmer. The yellow
wire extracts 5V or 3.3V from suitable points
on the Snap and feeds it to the Vdd/Vtg pin
of the Snap’s programming headers, supplying
power to the connected circuit.
38
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
In our PIC Programming Helper
project, we noted that the Snap has
pads that expose 5V and 3.3V rails.
We modified our Snap to add a threeway header socket so that these rails
can be easily accessed (June 2021;
siliconchip.au/Article/14889).
The third position of the header is
not connected to anything and provides a location for a wire in cases
where a voltage is not required. The
photo at lower left shows our modified
Snap, with one end of a jumper wire
soldered to the Snap’s Vdd/Vtg pin.
Of course, the PICkit Basic’s plastic case makes direct access to its PCB
more difficult. It does have marked
internal pads for 5V and 3.3V, but they
are not as conveniently arranged as on
the Snap. So the intent of the Power
Adaptor is to provide these power
breakouts without needing to modify
the PICkit Basic.
USB 2.0
The PICkit Basic uses only USB
full-speed (USB 2.0) communications,
although it is fitted with a USB-C connector. It makes sense to fit the Power
Breakout with a USB-C plug and socket
so that it can be connected inline, without needing an extra USB lead.
USB-C brings along with it the
delightful possibility of up to 48V
being present if a USB-PD (power
delivery) device is connected. To avoid
that, we have designed the circuitry
so that the USB-PD control lines are
not carried through. The Power Breakout makes it appear that the upstream
source is a USB 2.0 legacy 5V host by
taking over the USB-PD control lines.
This means that the Power Breakout
siliconchip.com.au
◀ Fig.1: the circuit requests and offers
a 5V legacy power source, turning
a fully featured USB-C connection
into a basic 5V USB-2.0 connection.
The regulator and capacitors derive
3.3V from the USB 5V supply, while
the LEDs and resistors act as power
indicators.
Fig.2: after soldering the USB socket
and plug, the remaining parts are
easy.
has a second use: if you have a non-
compliant device with a USB-C port
that does not get 5V power when connected via a USB-C to USB-C cable,
inserting the Power Breakout inline
will fix this.
Blocking USB-PD might seem a bit
overly cautious, but we suspect that
constructors might find other uses in
situations where devices don’t play
well with the newer features of USB-C
and power delivery.
Circuit details
Fig.1 shows the circuit; CON1 is a
USB-C receptacle. This variant sports
12 pins and breaks out power, USB 2.0
data, the CC (configuration channel)
and SBU (sideband use) pins.
CON2 is the corresponding plug,
allowing the Power Adaptor to be fitted inline. It is a nine-pin part, providing access to power, USB 2.0 data,
one SS (‘Superspeed’) pair and one CC
pin. Only one CC pin is needed, since
this is the point at which the cable orientation is detected in a USB-C cable
arrangement.
CON1’s CC pins are connected to
separate 5.1kW resistors to ground, in
the well-known legacy arrangement
that marks this as a power sink. This
means only 5V is requested from the
power source. CON2’s CC pin implements the corresponding source
arrangement, with a 56kW resistor
connecting it to Vusb.
Technically, arrangements like this
are not strictly allowed by the USB-C
specification. But since we are not
interested in higher voltages, currents
or USB data speeds, it is very unlikely
to cause any problems.
The remainder of the circuit is
straightforward. REG1 and its two
siliconchip.com.au
bypass capacitors derive 3.3V from the
nominal 5V Vusb rail. LED1 & LED2 are
connected (with dropping resistors) to
indicate that the two rails are present.
CON3 is a three-way header that
provides the same connections as our
modified Snap. One position has 5V,
one 3.3V, and the last is not connected.
CON4 is a similar three-way header,
but all pin positions are connected to
ground, in case grounds are needed.
We used a stackable header to intercept the connections for connecting
the Power Breakout to the PICkit Basic.
A jumper wire soldered to the appropriate pin allows power to be injected
when the other end of the jumper wire
is plugged into CON3. You can see this
in our photos overleaf.
If you just need 5V or 3.3V from a
USB-C cable, you could assemble the
Power Adaptor without CON2 and
break out the requisite voltages from
the pins of CON3 and CON4.
Construction
The main assembly is a PCB fitted
with small surface-mounting parts and
some fine-pitch USB connectors, as
shown in the overlay diagram, Fig.2.
The layout is fairly simple, so you
might get by using the PCB silkscreen
markings.
The pin pitch is around 0.5mm on
CON1, so you’ll need surface-mount
soldering tools and gear, including
a good magnifier. Flux paste and
solder-wicking braid are highly recommended, too. Add a thin layer of
flux to the component pads on the
PCB as you go.
Start by soldering CON1; it shouldn’t
be too hard to align correctly, since it
has locating pins. Tack one of these in
place and confirm that the leads are
centred on the pads and that the part
is flat against the PCB. Add flux to the
pads and solder the pins.
We’ve extended the pads slightly, so
you should be able to touch the iron to
the pads and see the solder flow onto
the leads. Solder the remaining locating pins and check for solder bridges
between the pins.
CON2 should be similarly easy to
locate. It has a slightly wider 0.65mm
Parts List – PICkit Basic Power Breakout
1 double-sided 42 × 14mm PCB coded 18106251
1 MCP1700T-3302E/TT 3.3V LDO regulator, SOT-23 (REG1)
2 red SMD LEDs, M2012/0805 size (LED1, LED2)
2 1μF 50V X7R M2012/0805-size SMD MLCC capacitors
1 USB 2.0 type-C receptacle (CON1) [GCT USB4105-GF-A]
1 edge-mounting USB 2.0 type-C plug (CON2)
1-2 3-way 2.54mm/0.1in pitch socket headers (CON3, CON4; optional)
1 8-way stackable header strip
1 jumper wire or similar pluggable arrangement to suit CON3
1 4cm length of 20-25mm diameter clear heatshrink tubing
a small amount of neutral-cure silicone sealant or thick glue
Resistors (all SMD M2012/0805 size, ±1% ⅛W)
1 56kW
2 5.1kW
1 1kW
1 470W
SC7512 Kit ($20 + P&P): includes all parts except the jumper wire and glue
We built some cables like
this, with five-way plug and
socket headers, to provide a
flexible connection between
our Snap and boards that
we have been developing.
Soldering an extra wire
allows the connection
to be made to the Power
Breakout.
◀
pin pitch and fewer
pins, so you can folThis header simply
low much the same
has half a jumper wire soldered to the second
process.
pin of a stackable header. The Breakout
Fit REG1 next, notBoard sits upstream of the programmer,
ing the correct orienwhile the stackable header connects
tation. Tack one lead,
downstream, to the ICSP header.
confirm the part is flat
and square and then
dry. Inspect it under a magnifier and fix
solder the remaining
any bridges or dry joints that you see.
leads. The two LEDs
Testing and completion
should be aligned with
their cathodes towards
The PCB can now be tested by plugthe ‘K’ marks on the
ging CON1 into a USB power source.
PCB. The cathode is
You should see LED1 and LED2 illuoften marked with a
minate. If you have a multimeter, you
small green dot, although
should measure close to 5V or 3.3V at
we have seen some parts
the marked pins on CON3. You can use
where the anode is
any pin of CON4 or the USB connecmarked instead.
tor shells for ground.
The remaining parts
You can also double-check that a
are not polarised. The
device can be connected downstream,
capacitors will not be marked, but forto CON2. Any USB 2.0 device should
tunately, only one value is used in this
work just as well as if it had been conproject, on either side of REG1. Fit the
nected directly with a USB-C cable.
resistors next, matching the values to
Any problems here point to a soldering
the silkscreen.
problem with CON1 or CON2.
That completes the SMD parts, so
Next, solder CON3 in place. We
clean any excess flux using an approdon’t plan to use CON4, so we left that
priate solvent and allow the PCB to
off our prototype. Cut the heatshrink
40
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
into a piece 1cm long and another
piece 3cm long and shrink in place
on either side of CON3. Make sure to
cover CON3’s pins on the underside.
That completes the unit. You can
see from our photos that we used a
stackable header to feed power into
the downstream target. Half a jumper
wire is used to provide a pluggable
connection to CON3.
Solder the jumper wire to the second position on the stackable header.
This needs to align with the red Vdd/
Vtg markings on the PICkit BASIC, so
a red jumper wire is preferred. Follow
by adding some glue to the pins where
they join the housing of the header.
Run the glue up on the insulation of
the jumper wire as well and allow the
glue to cure.
We recommend a fairly thick geltype glue or silicone sealant, since a
thinner glue may flow into the header
housing and gum it up. This happened
to one of our prototypes.
The glue has two purposes. Since
the pins are only a press-fit into the
housing, this will stop them from
coming loose. The glue on the jumper
wire will also offer some strain relief
and prevent the wire breaking at the
solder joint.
You might also like to mark the heatshrink with the 5V and 3.3V markings
if they aren’t otherwise visible.
Using it
Plug the header and PCB into the
PICkit Basic as shown in the photos,
aligning the wire with the Vdd/Vtg
markings. Plug the jumper wire into
the 5V or 3.3V position, depending on
your needs. Most newer PIC micros
can be programmed with a 3.3V supply, so that is a fairly safe option.
Connect the header socket to the
ICSP header of the target board and plug
a USB-C cable into the PICkit Basic.
The photos show another arrangement we tried. For a while now, we
have used a short, flexible five-way
lead to provide a degree of strain relief
between our Snap programmer and target. It’s a bit less precarious than plugging the programmer directly into the
PCB and having it balance vertically.
By adding an extra orange power
wire to the assembly, we can avoid
the need to rig up the header socket.
It’s frustrating when a loose or intermittent connection causes problems,
so this eliminates a potential point
SC
of failure.
siliconchip.com.au
Q 1135
Q 1089
NEW!
SAVE $19
79
$
Extended
resolution
19999 count
Q 0102
SAVE $130
70
$
Autoranging True RMS DMM
This compact true RMS meter provides
in depth functionality for technicians
troubleshooting circuits. Push button design
simplifies operation and test jack indicators
ensure you never plug a cable in wrong!
299
$
True RMS 19999 Count DMM
Handheld 40MHz Oscilloscope
Extended resolution to 4 digits! Offers everything the serious enthusiast could need with
auto ranging, min/max/rel modes, frequency,
duty cycle and non contact voltage detection.
This compact digital storage oscilloscope and digital
multimeter makes field testing easy. Offers 2 channels with
real time sampling of 125MSa/s per channel with waveform
comparison tools and more.
Test. Measure. Repair.
G r e a t v a l u e w o r k b e n c h g e a r.
SAVE $54
M 8254
145
$
M 8303 3A
SAVE $40
SAVE $22
119
$
T 2098
Low Current Lab Power Supply
13.8V 20A Bench Power Supply
Great for servicing, repair and design of
electronics. Low noise switchmode design. Fine
& coarse voltage and current controls. 3A max.
Size: 85Wx160Hx205Dmm.
A fixed voltage output power supply designed
for powering automotive, marine and
communications equipment. Low noise and
ripple design (<100mV).
M 8213
SAVE $130
499
$
20A Benchtop Power
Supply
A compact 1-30V DC power
supply with 3 programmable
preset outputs. Fixed 5A aux
output also available from front
panel. High efficiency design with
low noise and ripple for reliable
use in electronic servicing.
200 x 90 x 215mm
88
$
Micron® 300W Adjustable Solder Pot
Tin multiple stranded hookup wires or remove multi-pin connectors from boards quickly and easily. Takes up to 1350g of
solder. Stable temperature control: 200-480°C. Suitable for
lead free and leaded work.
Hot Air Re-Work
Desoldering Iron
Provides 300W of hot air
for quick and easy desolder
and re-work of surface
mount boards.
200-500°C adjustable.
Also makes a great
hot air gun.
T 1289
SAVE $50
119
$
Your electronics supplier since 1976.
Shop in-store at one of our 11 locations around Australia:
WA » PERTH » JOONDALUP » CANNINGTON » MIDLAND » MYAREE » BALCATTA
VIC » SPRINGVALE » AIRPORT WEST QLD » VIRGINIA NSW » AUBURN SA » PROSPECT
Or shop online 24/7 <at> altronics.com.au
Build It Yourself Electronics Centre®
© Altronics 2025. E&OE. Prices stated herein are only valid until 30/9/25 or until stocks run out. Prices include GST and exclude freight and insurance. See latest catalogue for freight rates.
This speaker hangs from a high roof or ceiling and
provides excellent quality sound – especially
considering how little it costs to build. Its
features include:
Easy to assemble, with a largely pre-built enclosure
Multiple configurations for different applications
Excellent quality sound for a pendant speaker
Uses a 6.5-inch (170mm) woofer and a dome tweeter
Low-cost drivers and crossover
90W rating on normal program material
Optional low-cost speaker protection
Impedance: 4W (minimum, 20Hz-20kHz)
44cm wide, 40cm high and 7kg in weight
High-Performance
Pendant Speaker
Part 1 by Julian Edgar
T
his pendant speaker is easy to
build, cost-effective and has
good performance. It is also an excellent complement to the Outdoor Subwoofer (June 2025; siliconchip.au/
Article/18313). But first, what is a
pendant speaker, and why would you
want to build one (or more)?
Pendant speakers hang from a high
roof or ceiling. They are used where
floor speakers would be inconvenient
or get in the way and in-ceiling speakers cannot be used because there is no
ceiling (eg, in a shed or workshop), the
ceiling is made of concrete (eg, the ceiling is the underside of the floor above),
or there is no space.
As they can be placed high, out of
reach, pendant speakers are also useful in areas subject to vandalism or
interference.
Our readers could use them for
playing music in home workshops
and sheds, but they can also be used
for music in large rooms with raked
ceilings and in undercover outdoor
areas with high roofs. They work well
in shops with high ceilings. Finally,
they can also be used in public address
roles. In fact, we have a specific enclosure variation for when they will be
primarily used for voice.
Design challenges
A pendant speaker is much more
challenging to design than a conventional speaker for two reasons.
The first is aesthetics. A box-shaped
speaker enclosure hanging from the
ceiling will look plain weird; instead,
what is needed is a curved shape –
like a pendant. However, unlike the
jewellery, a pendant speaker needs to
be three-dimensionally curved. That
A single Visaton 170mm (6.5in) WS 17 E woofer/
midrange driver is used. Source: Visaton
The tweeter is
a 25mm (1in) soft dome unit. They
are available inexpensively in pairs.
42
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
normally makes home construction
very difficult, but we have a trick that
overcomes that difficulty.
The second design problem is acoustic. Loudspeakers work by propagating
pressure waves in the air; to do that,
the moving cone needs to connect
with the air. The ability of the cone to
transmit energy to the air depends on
the acoustic impedance of the system,
that is, the opposition that the system
presents to the acoustic flow.
To put that more simply, the air
needs to load the cone, or no energy
exchange will occur. This effect is
greatest at low frequencies (ie, bass).
Acoustic horns load the speaker
cone strongly, giving the horn its characteristic high efficiency. A similar
increased loading occurs if you put a
conventional speaker enclosure at the
junction of a floor and wall, and even
more loading occurs if you put the
enclosure in a corner comprising two
walls and the floor (or ceiling). This is
why bass response improves at these
speaker locations.
Now think of a pendant speaker. It’s
suspended in mid-air and so cannot
benefit from any of those loadings! If
we want good bass response, we cannot use a horn, as it would need to be
enormous.
siliconchip.com.au
◀ The High Performance Pendant Speaker has been tuned to give good
performance when hanging in midair. We chose to use an open grille, but
alternative grilles with smaller openings can also be used.
The tweeters come with two different mounts, cables and crossover capacitors
(in the boxes). However, we don’t use these capacitors.
The enclosure design we have developed has an option to increase its output at low frequencies. That helps
offset the lack of bass augmentation
because it’s not positioned near any
flat surfaces.
However, if you want strong bass,
it’s likely you will need to add a subwoofer – for example, the Outdoor
Subwoofer we described previously.
That will take up floor space, but it’s
only one small speaker compared to
using multiple large floor speakers.
Overall, the pendant speaker design
presented here gives excellent sound
quality for this type of enclosure.
Design approaches
A key aspect of the design that
makes it cheap and easy to build is
the use of a pre-formed speaker enclosure. It is made from recycled plastic
and has reasonably thick, acoustically
dead walls. In fact, it’s a pot available
from Bunnings!
To turn it into a pendant speaker,
all we do is make a baffle from particleboard and glue and screw it into
place. Then we add a woofer/midrange
driver, a dome tweeter and a simple
crossover. The woofer and tweeter
are quite inexpensive (we already met
the woofer in the Outdoor Subwoofer
project) and the rest of the hardware
– including the grille – is also cheap.
Depending on the application, the
enclosure can be built as a ported
(bass reflex) or a sealed design. More
on those options in a moment.
siliconchip.com.au
The bass/midrange driver (I’ll just
call it the woofer from now on) is a
single 170mm (6.5-inch) WS 17 E
unit made by Visaton. This driver is
available in 4W or 8W versions and,
in this design, we use the 4W driver.
These speakers are available worldwide – a web search will find your
nearest stockist. We bought ours from
Soundlabs Group, and it cost $54 plus
postage.
For its low cost, this is an excellent
speaker that, in addition to providing
good bass response, is quite capable
in the midrange.
When we used this driver in 8W
form in our Outdoor Subwoofer, the
measured Thiele-Small specifications
differed a little from the advertised
specs. The 4W drivers we bought this
time were also a bit different from
their stated specifications, as shown
in Table 1.
The bass response of the enclosure
was modelled using the freely available WinISD speaker enclosure design
software (www.linearteam.org). In
this modelling, we used the average
of the two sets of Thiele-Small test
results.
The tweeter we have selected is a 4W
“Alpine” DDT-S30 one-inch (25mm)
soft dome design that is available
online for $30 a pair, including delivery. I’ve put Alpine in inverted commas because it is very likely that these
are not genuine Alpine products.
The tweeters come with crossover
boxes. However, they contain just a
single non-polarised capacitor. That
is the simplest possible way of preventing bass frequencies reaching the
tweeter.
By the way, the measured impedance of the finished speaker never
drops below 4W.
Different enclosure options
Two different enclosure designs can
be built. The first is used for playing
music, while the second is for voice
applications. Both designs are quite
Table 1: driver measurements vs specifications
Specification Listed
Tested speaker A
Tested speaker B
DC resistance 3.2W
3.4W
3.3W
85.5dB
86dB
Resonant frequency 45Hz
Sensitivity 88dB
44Hz
46Hz
Qms 2.35
3.30
3.40
Qes 0.90
0.93
0.89
Qts 0.65
0.71
0.71
Vas 22.0L
24.9L
22.7L
Australia's electronics magazine
September 2025 43
straightforward to build – the one for
playing music uses a ported enclosure, or for voice, a sealed enclosure. A ported enclosure can become
sealed just by blocking the port, so if
you’re not sure which approach will
suit your application, test the ported
design first.
The ported design has a modelled
frequency response that smoothly
rises to a peak at +8.5dB at 78Hz (see
Fig.1). To put this a different way, on
some amplifiers, this is the equivalent of turning the bass control up by
about two-thirds. Remember, though,
that the pendant speaker isn’t getting
any of the bass boost that normally
occurs because of the presence of the
walls and floor.
In this form, its -3dB point is 48Hz.
That modelled response is achieved
with a port that is 86mm in internal
diameter (so quite big) and 100mm
long. If you want a peakier or smoother
bass response, we will cover that in the
section on tuning next month.
The sealed design that is better for
voice has a bottom end modelled as
being only 1dB up by 94Hz, with a
-3dB point of 51Hz.
What is not generally realised is that
speaker simulation and design packages assume that the speaker enclosure
is working into ‘half space’, that is, it’s
placed in the middle of an infinitely
large wall. Therefore, the simulation
graphs shown in this article are for a
speaker positioned like that, not for
one hanging in free air.
If you are looking in horror at the
ported enclosure’s modelled frequency
response, that is very important to
The metal grille can be made from open mesh (left) or mesh with small
perforations (right). In fact, any metal grille can be used. Source: Bunnings
keep in mind! When it is suspended in
free air, the design sounds nothing like
the modelled response curve; instead,
its bass is smooth and effective.
Before going any further, why can’t
you use the ported design for voice, or
the sealed design for music? You can,
but there are some disadvantages. With
the ported design, on some voices (eg,
a man’s deep voice), the speaker may
sound too chesty, especially if the
source also has bass boost applied to
the signal.
More importantly, it will be harder
to work out what the person is saying
– intelligibility will be worse.
Conversely, the sealed design on
Fig.1: the modelled bass response of the 27L ported (green) and sealed (blue)
enclosure versions. The response of the sealed enclosure has been designed to
strongly augment bass, compensating for the lack of cone loading caused by the
absence of flat surfaces near the hanging speaker. The ported enclosure design is
best for music, while the sealed version is best for voice applications.
44
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
music will sound tinny, especially if
being fed a flat signal (with the bass
control on the amplifier set for zero
boost). Remember, all these comments
apply only when the speaker is being
dangled in midair!
We chose a welded steel mesh for
the grille. It has openings that are
12.7mm square and it is available from
Bunnings (I/N: 0082424). This grille
allows you to clearly see the woofer,
tweeter, port and (optional) speaker
protection lamp, and gives the speaker
an ‘industrial’ look.
If you want a more conventional
grille, Bunnings also sells steel mesh
sheets with much smaller openings
One of the prototype speakers
deliberately being over-driven. Note
the glowing protection lamp that is
limiting the power.
siliconchip.com.au
(eg, I/N 0647223 has 3.2mm round
holes).
Optional speaker protection
In our previous Outdoor Subwoofer
project, we used a specific halogen
lamp as a speaker protection mechanism. The lamp was wired in series
with the speaker and, as current
through the lamp increased, so rapidly did its resistance, limiting the
power that reached the speaker. In that
design, the protection was needed as it
was easy to over-drive the subwoofer
without realising it.
With the full-range pendant speaker
presented here, the situation is somewhat different. If the speaker is overdriven, it is easier to hear distortion
than in the subwoofer. However, a
good outcome requires that the listener knows what distortion sounds
like and then immediately turns the
amplifier power down!
The nominal peak power rating of
the speaker is 90W, but if there’s any
possibility of the speaker being overdriven, we recommend that a protection lamp be installed.
The lamp mounts on a bracket
behind the grille, so it’s visible when
the speaker is hung in position. If the
speaker is constantly over-driven, it is
possible for the lamp to become very
hot. Because of this, the lamp needs
to be spaced away from the baffle, and
a metal grille (rather than cloth grille)
should be used.
The suggested protection lamp is
a Narva 24V 55W bulb, part number 48701. At around $10, it is cheap
insurance.
A halogen
incandescent light
bulb is used as the
optional speaker
protector. It rapidly
rises in resistance
as its current
flow increases,
limiting the
maximum
speaker power.
Source: Narva
siliconchip.com.au
The simple crossover can be built on a piece of plain punched laminate.
In our tests, using a 50W amplifier to drive the pendant speaker, the
lamp did not light at all on any program material, even at full volume.
This is what you would expect to see
in normal use – the lamp filament not
glowing at all.
Using a much more powerful amplifier, the light would glow dimly on
some passages at about 70% volume;
at 80%, it would glow more brightly
on bass passages. At volume settings
above that, it would glow very brightly.
No distortion was audible and the
speaker was not damaged – so the
simple lamp protection mechanism
works very well!
Finally, while testing the speaker,
I made an interesting mistake. I was
swapping line level inputs to the
amplifier, not realising the amp was
still switched on and at full volume!
As I pulled an RCA plug, a huge 50Hz
hum was fed to the speaker, but the
protection lamp immediately lit, and
no damage was done.
Performance
I have built many speakers over the
decades, and normally, you test them
sitting on the floor. Depending on their
application, it might be a big room or a
little room, but they’re always on the
floor (or sometimes on short stands).
However, in the case of the pendant
speaker, I had to test it 4m above the
ground.
Two different testing venues were
used. The first was in a partially built
house with a 10 × 6m room with a
raked roof peaking at 6m high. The
second test location was a large shed,
24 × 8m, again with a 6m peaked roof.
In both cases, the speaker was positioned 4m from the ground.
As described earlier, this position
is a tough test for a speaker’s bass
response, and developing adequate
Using the Pendant Speaker with the Outdoor Subwoofer
In the June 2025 issue of SILICON CHIP, we introduced the Outdoor Subwoofer.
This uses a fibre-cement stool as the ported enclosure, with two Visaton WS
17 E 8W drivers mounted in an isobaric (face-to-face) configuration.
As its name suggests, the sub is designed primarily for outside use. Still, it
can also be used indoors, especially in large spaces.
The Pendant Speaker works very well in combination with this subwoofer.
We performed some testing using the pendant speaker and the subwoofer in
the previously described 10 × 6m room with a 6m roof.
Using a 100Hz electronic crossover, we found the sub’s input power needed
to be less than the pendant speaker’s. In other words, with equal amplifier
power to the pendant and sub, the bass was too strong. However, with the
sub pulled back, the sound quality on music was excellent.
That led to another thought. This combination of the pendant speaker and
sub is likely to give excellent sound quality in large shops, especially those
without suspended ceilings, where the room volume is very great. Certainly,
we’d back the system over the small cube speakers and subwoofers often
seen (and heard) in such environments. In that application, we suggest fitting
protection bulbs to both the sub and pendant speakers.
Australia's electronics magazine
September 2025 45
sound output in such large room volumes is also a difficult task. However,
it also reflects how the speaker will
likely be used.
I also purchased a commercial pendant speaker for a similar price, allowing direct comparisons during development.
The commercial speaker used a 6.5inch coaxial (two-way) driver, a complex crossover and a small enclosure.
My aim was to get a much better result
with our project than the commercial
speaker – and that was achieved in
spades.
In comparison to our final design,
the commercial speaker had very poor
bass, with a rapidly falling response
below about 150Hz, accompanied by
a buzz. Furthermore, there were clear
resonances at 260Hz, 210Hz, 170Hz
and 120Hz.
In comparison, our project speaker
had no loud resonances at all. Also,
there was no bass buzz in our speaker
and our speaker has an audible
response down to 45Hz.
The mid-range of the commercial
speaker was also overly bright – but
perhaps that was intentional, for better
voice intelligibility. On the other side
of the ledger, the commercial design
was quite sensitive, being louder
than our project speaker on the same
Fig.2: the simple crossover circuit
uses a non-polarised 4.7μF capacitor
and two 5W resistors.
volume control setting, despite the
commercial speaker having a higher
impedance (8W versus our 4W).
The treble of the commercial
speaker was initially better than our
project speaker, but development of
the crossover (covered next) gave treble in our design that matched the
commercial speaker.
Again, these comments apply when
the speakers are tested in mid-air.
The crossover
During testing and development,
the wiring for the woofer and tweeter
were run outside the enclosure so that
external tuning changes to the crossover could be easily made. In the final
version, the crossover components are
mounted inside the enclosure on the
back of the baffle.
The “Alpine” tweeter comes
with a simple 6dB/octave high-pass
crossover: a single 3.3μF non-polarised
capacitor. This gives a nominal crossover point of 12kHz. That’s a bit high
for the 6.5-inch woofer, which has
specifications showing it has a good
response only until about 7kHz.
Using a 4.7μF capacitor drops
the nominal crossover frequency to
8.4kHz. However, the tweeter was
then a little bright, so it was pulled
back by about 3dB by using an L-pad
comprising a series 1W resistor and a
10W parallel resistor. The final crossover circuit is shown in Fig.2.
The crossover is built on a piece
of bare punched laminate board. We
chose to use input and output terminal blocks, but you could solder
directly to the components on the
board for these connections, then
fasten the flying leads in place with
cable ties. If you don’t have any
punched laminate board, you could
glue the three large components to a
piece of board and then wire them
together.
Next month
That’s all the space we have for this
month. In the second and final part
next month, we will show you how to
build the speaker, test it and (optionally) tune its performance to suit your
taste and listening environment. SC
Parts List – Pendant Speaker
1 Eden 44cm Black Faux Planter pot [Bunnings I/N 0118235]
1 Visaton 170mm (6.5-inch) WS 17 E 4W woofer [Soundlabs etc]
1 pair of “Alpine” DDT-S30 1-inch soft dome tweeters [eBay etc]
1 4.7μF 100V non-polarised crossover capacitor [Jaycar RY6904]
1 10W 5W ±5% wirewound resistor
1 1W 5W ±5% wirewound resistor
1 80 × 70mm piece of plain punched laminated board
1 1000 × 500mm piece of 18-22mm thick particleboard
(or two 500 × 500mm pieces)
1 600 × 900mm piece of steel mesh with 12.7mm square openings
[Bunnings I/N 0082424]
1 1.5 × 1m piece of 150 GSM quilt wadding [Spotlight]
1 500mm length of thin-walled 90mm OD PVC stormwater pipe
1 can of black spray paint
1 Narva 24V 55W bulb, part number 48701 (optional) [auto parts store]
2 cartridges of Liquid Nails water clean-up building adhesive [Bunnings]
1 40mm saddle clamp or 8mm eye bolt
Assorted hardware, eg, 40mm particleboard screws, spacers & solder tags
Machine screws, bolts, washers and Nyloc nuts
Assorted lengths and colours of hookup wire
double all quantities except these for two speakers
this may only be available in large sheets. You can buy a large sheet and
have the store cut it into manageable pieces. If new homes are being built
where you live, approach a carpenter and see if they have any offcuts of
particleboard flooring to give away.
Testing a pair of the pendant speakers
during development. The stepladder
is 3.7m high.
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
🔸
▪
🔸
🔸
🔸
🔸
▪
46
Silicon Chip
Two of the pendant speakers
hanging in a shed converted to a
living space.
Using different sized enclosures
After considering many different sizes, we chose to make the High-Performance
Pendant Speaker quite large. The enclosure volume is nominally 27L, while the
enclosure as a whole has a volume of about 35L.
Selecting a relatively large enclosure has benefits, especially in bass
response. Because it is hanging in mid-air, so not taking up any floor space,
the downsides of going large are minimal.
But what if you want to use a smaller enclosure? In addition to modelling
the 27L enclosure, we also modelled two smaller enclosures in both sealed
and ported designs. Table 2 shows the results, with the ported designs tuned
to give a strong lower end bass boost, as needed in a pendant speaker.
Table 3 shows the length and diameter of the port needed with each smaller
enclosure, and the frequency each enclosure has been tuned to.
Silicon Chip
PDFs on USB
¯ A treasure trove of
Silicon Chip magazines on a
32GB custom-made USB.
¯ Each USB is filled with
a set of issues as PDFs –
fully searchable and with
a separate index – you just
need a PDF viewer.
¯ Ordering the USB also
provides you with download
access for the relevant
PDFs, once your order has
been processed
¯ 10% off your order (not
including postage cost) if
you are currently subscribed
to the magazine.
¯ Receive an extra
discount If you already
own digital copies of the
magazine (in the block you
are ordering).
EACH BLOCK OF ISSUES COSTS $100
NOVEMBER 1987 – DECEMBER 1994
JANUARY 1995 – DECEMBER 1999
Enclosure Vol. Sealed -3dB Sealed peak
Ported -3dB Ported peak
JANUARY 2000 – DECEMBER 2004
27L
51Hz
+1dB <at> 94Hz
48Hz
+8.5dB <at> 78Hz
JANUARY 2005 – DECEMBER 2009
20L
54Hz
+1.5dB <at> 90Hz 52Hz
+8.5dB <at> 85Hz
JANUARY 2010 – DECEMBER 2014
15L
56Hz
+2dB <at> 96Hz
+8.5dB <at> 94Hz
JANUARY 2015 – DECEMBER 2019
59Hz
Table 2: bass performance with reduced enclosure volume
OUR NEWEST BLOCK COSTS $150
JANUARY 2020 – DECEMBER 2024
Enclosure Vol.
Port diameter Port length
Tuned frequency (modelled)
27L
90mm
100mm
63Hz (55Hz measured)
OR PAY $650 FOR THEM ALL (+ POST)
20L
75mm
100mm
66Hz
15L
50mm
45mm
69Hz
WWW.SILICONCHIP.COM.
AU/SHOP/DIGITAL_PDFS
Table 3: port tuning
September 2025 47
Part 1 by Richard palmer
HOME ASSISTANT
R
P
with a
aspberry
i
There are many situations around the home and on the
workbench where remote sensing and control can improve our lives.
T
his short series will explore the world
of home automation and create the
core of a system that interfaces
with a broad range of commercial
smart home devices, plus hundreds of
DIY sensors and remote-control interfaces. That will include everything
from sprinklers to music systems, pet
tags to air conditioners.
Home automation has matured to
the point where do-it-yourself installations can be achieved without needing to write code. Readily available
sensors and controls can be wirelessly
connected to a central hub and added
to the system with just a little configuration information.
This month, we will review
community-supported home automation platforms. We’ll also discuss our
simple project (in this issue) that can
connect sensing and control devices to
a central home automation hub using
a WiFi network.
A follow-up article next month will
have information on more advanced
matters, such as remote access, customised dashboards and cameras.
Smart homes & IoT
IoT (the Internet of Things) connects
the physical and virtual worlds using
sensors and controls connected to
monitoring and automation software
via communication networks. Home
automation is a subset of IoT focused
on the domestic environment.
48
Silicon Chip
Home automation begins with sensing something in the environment,
such as time, temperature, light intensity, the presence of smoke, or movement. A set of rules is applied to automate actions, such as switching a light
on or off, or sending a notification
based on sensed changes.
A typical home automation system
includes an in-home server (the ‘hub’),
and a range of ‘satellite’ devices distributed around the property, communicating using some form of wireless link.
That link could be a local WiFi network, Bluetooth or a Zigbee mesh. The
hub is either a stand-alone device, or
connects to a cloud-based platform
which enables remote access – see
Fig.1.
Dr David Maddison’s review of
home automation in the January 2024
edition of Silicon Chip (siliconchip.
au/Article/16082) describes many of
the available technologies and protocols used.
There are a multitude of commercially available devices that can
directly interact with home automation services. A quick internet search
turned up eleven pages of smart home
products at Officeworks and 740
products at JB Hi-Fi, covering lighting, gardens, security and even smart
pet-tech.
Similar searches via AliExpress and
eBay each returned more than fifty
pages of results.
Where devices are not designed to
be directly controlled by such a system, automated control can often be
implemented by switching their power
on and off, or mimicking an existing
control capability, such as an infrared (IR) remote. For devices with no
remote control capabilities, there are
Fig.1: the HomeAssistant ecosystem
comprises a local hub with satellites
that host sensors & controls. Satellites
may be microcontroller-based, using
ESPHome, or be fully integrated units
such as IP cameras.
Communication
between elements
commonly uses WiFi,
Bluetooth or Zigbee.
Remote access to
the system can be
provided by a VPN or
cloud service.
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
There are excellent and easy-to-use
commercial integration platforms such
as Google Assistant, Amazon Alexa,
Apple HomeKit, Philips Hue and Samsung SmartThings.
Each has its pros and cons. However,
these platforms are largely devoid of
features that support DIY. Almost all
require a commercial in-home hub and
an online account.
Mix-and-match integration of various vendor’s ‘ecospheres’ into one
master platform can be a frustrating
and sometimes-unattainable goal.
Fortunately, there are several groups
of enthusiasts that have created opensource home automation ecosystems
that can integrate with a range of commercial hardware and also support
DIY applications. Two enthusiast-
friendly platforms stood out as I began
researching this series: openHAB and
HomeAssistant.
They both offer a fully featured
hub, integrations with a wide range
of DIY and commercial home automation products, remote access and
integrated cloud services. Both host
their hubs on the Raspberry Pi platform using customised operating
systems. They both offer voice control via integration with smart home
assistants such as Google Assistant,
Siri or Alexa.
For DIY projects, HomeAssistant (HA) stood out. From the hub’s
browser interface, you can configure
and manage remote sensors and controllers based on WiFi-capable microcontrollers such as the Raspberry Pi
Pico W and Espressif Systems wireless microcontrollers (eg, the ESP8266
& ESP32) using HA’s ESPHome firmware. More than a hundred sensors and control interfaces are pre-
integrated.
While HomeAssistant’s cloud service costs around $10/month, remote
access can be configured at no cost
using one of several free VPN services.
openHAB also has a very wide
range of integrations with commercial home automation devices; however, integrating DIY projects is more
Fig.2: the HomeAssistant platform has
three layers: a basic Linux operating
system, a Supervisor layer and the HA
Core. Source: https://developers.homeassistant.io/docs/architecture_index
The HomeAssistant Overview dashboard with the ESPHome satellite and a USB
webcam installed.
» Fully-featured DIY home
automation system using a
Raspberry Pi
» Integrates with a wide range of
commercial & DIY equipment
» Remote access via smartphone,
tablet or computer
» Broad open-source community
support
‘fingerbots’ that can press a button on
command!
Choosing a platform
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
complex. Its cloud platform, myopenHAB, is free.
While openHAB’s free cloud service was very tempting, we selected
HomeAssistant for this series based
on its flexible DIY device capabilities.
Installation on a Raspberry Pi 3B,
4 or 5 is straightforward, or it comes
pre-installed on HA’s Yellow or Green
platforms.
HomeAssistant
HomeAssistant has three layers:
a basic Linux operating system, the
HA Core that interacts with users,
devices and services and the Supervisor, which orchestrates the various
HA components and manages backups
and updates – see Fig.2.
Home Assistant’s language can be
confusing at first. A few key definitions may be helpful:
• An ‘entity’ is the basic building
block of home automation. It represents a single sensor, control element or function. Entities have ‘states’,
which may be binary or a range of
values.
• A ‘device’ may host a single
entity, such as a switch or a light sensor, or several entities, such as temperature, pressure and humidity sensors.
• An ‘area’ is a logical grouping
of entities and devices, often representing a geographic location, such
as a kitchen. Areas can be assigned
to ‘floors’.
• An ‘integration’ is the software
that connects HomeAssistant to a compatible device, such as an ESPHome
September 2025 49
Another practical application
While writing this article, a local community radio station needed to improve
the monitoring and control of the equipment at its transmitter site from the
studios, or remotely using the engineering team’s laptops or phones.
The station’s two transmitters, uninterruptible power supply (UPS), studio-
transmitter link and backup program links have a range of digital and analog
inputs and outputs for monitoring and control.
HomeAssistant and ESPHome seemed a good solution to their problem.
Pico-based satellite hardware like that described in the accompanying project
article was used for the thirty-odd digital and analog values to be monitored
and drive relay and opto-isolated outputs.
It only took a few hours to integrate the hardware into ESPHome and create
the required sensors and controls in HomeAssistant. No custom code was
required, saving weeks of programming and improving reliability.
satellite or a webcam, or another home
automation or service platform such
as email or the HomeAssistant Cloud.
• ‘Automations’ are sets of repeatable actions that can run automatically. They comprise ‘trigger’ events,
tests for ‘conditions’ on those events
and resulting ‘actions’.
You can find a more detailed discussion of these concepts at siliconchip.
au/link/abr3
The Home Assistant hub
We chose to create our own hub
using a Raspberry Pi. Any Raspberry
Pi, from the Model 3B onwards, will
do. All that is required besides the Pi
is a 32GB Class A2 microSD card for
the custom HAOS operating system.
An existing Raspbian SD card can be
overwritten with the new OS.
Details of the requirements and
options are available on the HomeAssistant website (siliconchip.au/
link/ac5w).
While many home automation
needs can be satisfied with off-theshelf commercial components, there
are still situations where it is more
practical and less expensive to create
a DIY solution.
There are also situations where a
compatible remote control device
isn’t available commercially, but
the communication protocol is well-
documented. TVs and air conditioners
are a case in point.
To assist with these needs, we have
developed a small PCB that can connect to a wide range of digital, analog
and I2C sensors, as well as controlling
devices via an IR signal or relay. It is
Screen 1: when preparing the SD card, select Home Assistant OS in the
Raspberry Pi Imager app.
50
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
This fingerbot can press a button on
any device as a simple remote control.
presented as a separate project in this
issue, starting on page 54.
Setting up HomeAssistant
For the purposes of this tutorial, we
will use a Raspberry Pi Model 5 as the
hub. However, the process is similar
for other platforms. Detailed instructions are available at siliconchip.au/
link/ac5w
When procuring a case for the Raspberry Pi, avoid those made entirely of
metal as they tend to reduce the WiFi
range significantly. The official redand-white plastic case or a clear acrylic
case are solid choices. The active
cooler kit is also a good investment
and fits neatly into the acrylic case.
The HomeAssistant and ESPHome
communities are very active, producing updates several times a month. For
this reason, some of the instructions
below may be out of date by the time
this series is in print. Don’t despair if
this happens; the documentation is
kept up to date and help is available
via the very responsive HomeAssistant
user community (https://community.
home-assistant.io).
If you don’t want to build your own
hub, the pre-configured HomeAssistant Green hub is readily available
for around the same price as a well-
configured Raspberry Pi 5 and case.
Preparing the Pi is straightforward.
If it came in kit form, just fit the motherboard into its case and mount the
cooler’s heatsink. The fan cable goes
into the connector behind the outside-
edge USB connectors. There is no need
to load or configure the Raspbian OS,
as it will be replaced by HA’s HAOS
operating system.
Install and run Raspberry Pi’s
Imager software on a Windows, Mac
or Linux PC – see Screen 1. Select your
siliconchip.com.au
Raspberry Pi board from the list in the
first box, then choose the required
operating system in the second box,
by selecting “Other specific-purpose
OS”, then “Home Assistants and Home
Automation”, then “Home Assistant”
and the blue-logo version from the
drop-down menus.
Plug in an SD card adaptor with
the microSD card installed (or, if your
computer/monitor has an integrated
SD card socket, use that). Select that
card in the final Imager box. Click
NEXT, and the card will be programmed over several minutes after
an erasure warning box is displayed.
Installing the OS
There is no need for a screen, keyboard and mouse for the Pi as the
installation is ‘headless’. Wired Ethernet is mandatory for the initial installation process, but it can be replaced
by WiFi once HA is configured.
Insert the SD card into the Pi and
an Ethernet cable between the Pi and
your WiFi router. Connect the power
adaptor and press the power button on
the Pi if it remains red after connection. Wait for 4-5 minutes for HAOS to
initialise. The green power LED will
flash intermittently during this time.
The final configuration steps are
completed via a browser on your
PC; enter “http://homeassistant.
local:8123/” in the URL bar. Refresh
the URL regularly until the Home
Assistant welcome page loads.
Click on the “Create my smart
home” button. The Name field is used
for display, while the Username is
used for logging in. They can be the
same name. Add your location, which
will be used for the weather displays
and proximity mapping of any devices
you choose to track. Select what information you wish to share with HomeAssistant’s developers.
A screen of compatible devices that
HomeAssistant has located on your
network completes the basic installation process. The HomeAssistant
Overview screen should then appear,
as shown in Screen 2.
Click on the Settings menu item and
then Network. Under “Configure network interfaces”, click on WLAN0 and
SEARCH NETWORKS. Select your
WiFi network from the list, choose
the appropriate security scheme, and
enter your WiFi password. Click the
SAVE button at the bottom of the block,
not the one at the bottom of the page.
siliconchip.com.au
HomeAssistant-compatible cameras
Several types of cameras can be added to HomeAssistant. The simplest is a
USB webcam connected directly to the hub. Most commercial USB webcams
should be compatible.
If a remote camera is required, ESP32-based ESP-CAMs are available at
very low cost and with acceptable picture quality. A USB-CAM with the standard OV2640 camera, including the USB adaptor board, costs less than $10
on AliExpress (eg, AliExpress 1005006501528278).
While the OV5640 version provides a higher resolution image, plus autofocus
on models with the silver lens surround, I do not recommend it. The one we
tested had marginal low-light performance and tended to overheat, reaching
temperatures of 70°C within a few minutes. A heatsink attached to the back
of the sensor reduced the temperature to 40°C.
Commercial WiFi cameras offer more advanced features such as pan and
tilt, automatic IR illumination at low light levels,
motion tracking and substantially better
images. However, they are the most
difficult to integrate due to a wide variety of firmware platforms being used.
Of the WiFi cameras I tested, those
using the V380 or V380 Pro configuration apps and marked ONVIF compliant in their specifications were the
most likely to be compatible.
We’ll have more on using cameras
with HomeAssistant in the follow-up
article next month.
This $10 USB webcam produced very
acceptable images.
Screen 2: the Overview dashboard after the system has been initialised.
The auto-discovery process located a Google home device; local weather is
displayed by default.
Parts List – Home Assistant
1 Raspberry Pi Model 3B or greater, with at least 4GB of RAM
[Core Electronics CE09785]
1 Power supply for the Raspberry Pi [Core Electronics CE09787]
1 non-metallic case [Core Electronics WS-26089 or CE09789]
1 active cooler kit for the Raspberry Pi [Core Electronics CE09791]
1 32GB Class A2 microSD card
1 USB microSD card reader/writer (if your computer doesn’t have one)
1 Ethernet cable (for installation)
Australia's electronics magazine
September 2025 51
Left: a $10 ESP32-CAM
with an OV2640 sensor.
Right: a $50 WiFi camera
with pan and tilt functions
and IR-illuminated night
vision. ONVIF compliance
is essential for HA
compatibility.
Screen 3: HomeAssistant automatically scans the network for compatible devices.
Now that your WiFi credentials
have been entered, the unit no longer
requires a wired connection.
The username and password you
set may also be used for smartphone,
tablet and remote browser access. It is
a good idea to use credentials without
full administrator privileges whenever
possible to reduce the possibility of
accidental misconfiguration, and to
increase remote access security.
The basic installation is now complete, and you can start configuring your smart home. Before adding
any new devices, it is useful to clean
up the devices that have been auto-
discovered.
Select Settings near the bottom
of the left-hand menu and click on
Devices & services. A screen of discovered devices will appear, like in Screen
3. Devices like wireless-capable printers and set-top boxes will be included.
Click IGNORE on all except the iBeacon Tracker and perhaps a printer.
They will clutter up the screen and
can be easily re-discovered later.
Further down the screen is a list
of configured services (see Screen 4).
There are some generic services, such
as Bluetooth and the Home Assistant
Supervisor, as well as some applications like a live-streamed radio channel browser and a weather service
from the Norwegian Meteorological
Institute.
I clicked on “Shopping list”, then
the three dots at the side of the “Integration entries” panel and then Disable
to hide that service.
The sidebar menu
Screen 4: some services are enabled by default.
Screen 5: the simplified HA menu after hiding some items.
52
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
The sidebar menu has some items
you may rarely use. To customise
what’s displayed, click on your username at the bottom of the sidebar.
Scroll down to the “Browser settings”
block and click EDIT to change the
order and hide items from the sidebar.
Click on the X next to the items you
don’t want to appear. The order can be
changed by sliding the items to your
desired location.
Click DONE at the top of the main
menu bar when you are finished. Initially, I hid all the optional items other
than the Overview dashboard and the
Logbook – see Screen 5.
The “ESPHome” add-on will be
needed to add the satellite device
that’s described in the separate project article in this issue (it won’t hurt
to add it regardless). Go to Settings
siliconchip.com.au
Screen 6: configuring
the ESPHome Device
Builder.
Screen 7: a custom
HomeAssistant
dashboard showing the
satellite’s sensors and
controls, an IP camera’s
image and a thermostat
automation. The spikes
in the temperature
reading are from a
finger being placed
on the sensor. The
thermostat temperature
was raised during the
second spike.
then Add-ons, click on the ADD-ON
STORE button at the bottom right,
search for “ESPHome”. Select it and
click the INSTALL link at the bottom
of the tile, and then START once the
installation is complete.
Before exiting the installation menu,
enable the “Show in sidebar” and
“Watchdog” options – see Screen 6.
ESPHome Builder should now appear
in the left sidebar menu. Select it.
Click on the SECRETS button at the
top right-hand corner of the ESPHome
tab. The edit window should contain
something like the following:
siliconchip.com.au
## secrets.yaml
wifi_ssid:
“your wifi ssid”
wifi_password:
“your wifi password”
Fill in your network credentials
and save them. This will allow new
ESPHome devices to be automatically
configured for your network. Click on
the X next to the file name to close the
edit window.
Conclusion
A separate project in this issue
Australia's electronics magazine
covers the construction of a satellite board based on a Pico W. Among
other things, it supports temperature,
humidity and motion sensors and an
OLED display.
That article will describe how to
use it to create a simple thermostat,
demonstrating HomeAssistant’s automation capabilities.
Next month, in a follow-up article, we’ll add some more advanced
features such as custom dashboards,
remote access from a mobile phone or
tablet, IR remote control, notifications
SC
and a camera or cameras.
September 2025 53
Project by Richard Palmer
HomeAssistant Satellite
using a Raspberry Pi Pico W
» Analog and digital inputs and outputs
» Can transmit infrared remote control codes
» Includes a relay/LED driver
» ESPHome supports hundreds of sensors and controls
» Includes an I2C bus connector compatible with
2QWIIC, STEMMA QT, GROVE & PiicoDev
» Remote configuration and management
This simple board lets you
connect lots of different
kinds of sensors, displays
and other things wirelessly
to a HomeAssistant based Home
Automation system.
n a Home Automation system, sensors and actuators CON9, a 4-pin JST-SH connector that is compatible with
Itions
attach to ‘satellites’, which can be placed at different loca- QWIIC, Stemma QT, Grove and PiicoDev devices. CON8
around the home. Each can support multiple attached also provides access to the I2C0 bus, allowing the connec-
devices communicating with the hub over the household tion of a small OLED screen.
If two devices with the same I2C address need to be
WiFi network.
Our Satellite uses a Pico W microcontroller module pro- connected, a second I2C bus is available at several locagrammed with the ESPHome firmware. While the newer tions on the expansion connector, CON4. However, note
Pico 2 W may be used, it costs a little more and the extra that pull-up resistors will need to be added if the second
power is not required for this application.
I2C1 bus is used.
A small PCB hosts the Satellite’s
The adjacent table lists the functions
CON4 expansion header pinout
basic components and makes it easy to
available on the expansion connector.
connect to a wide range of supported Pin Signals
Separate pads for the 5V and 3.3V supdevices. You can see a list of the sup- 1
plies and ground are provided at CON1GP15, I2C1, SPI1
ported sensors at https://esphome.io/
CON3.
2
GP14, I2C1, SPI1
components
For remote control, IR LED1 is driven
3
GP13, SPI1, UART0
by Q1, a BC817 or similar NPN transistor,
Circuit description
from the 5V supply. Its 40mA operating
4
GP12, SPI1, UART0
Fig.1 shows the Satellite circuit.
current is higher than can comfortably
GP11, I2C1, SPI1
As you can see, there isn’t a lot to it 5
be supplied directly by a digital output
besides the Raspberry Pi Pico W mod- 6
pin on the Pico module.
GP10, I2C1, SPI1
ule shown in the middle.
Transistor Q2 can drive an off-board
7
GP9, SPI1, UART1
Most sensors and many control
5V relay or solid-state relay (SSR). LED2
GP8, SPI1, UART1
devices will connect to the Satellite 8
lights when the relay is operating, while
via a two-wire I2C serial bus. I2C0’s 9
diode D1 protects the transistor against
GP7, I2C1, SPI0
SDA (I2C data) and SCL (I2C clock)
back-EMF when a traditional relay
GP6, I2C1, SPI0
functions are connected to GPIO pins 10
switches off.
GP28, ADC0
20 and 21, with pull-up resistors to 11
The 64kHz PWM signal at GP16 is
the 3.3V rail as required for I2C com- 12
smoothed
by an RC low-pass filter formed
GP27, ADC1
munications.
by a 10μF capacitor and 470W resistor,
GP26, ADC2
Access to the I2C bus is provided by 13
giving a -3dB frequency of approximately
54
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.1: the Raspberry Pi Pico W module drives the IR LED (LED1) and relay through transistors Q1 and Q2. Digital and
analog I/O is via CON4, with power available from CON1-3. CON9 is a QWIIC, Grove and PiicoDev compatible I2C
connector. The I2C OLED display connects via CON8.
34Hz, reducing the ripple of a 50% duty cycle output to
around 10mV peak-to-peak.
While the Pico is capable of much higher PWM frequencies, which would result in even lower ripple, there is a
trade-off between frequency and bit depth (resolution),
which is 10 bits at this frequency. The smoothed output
is presented at CON6, forming a basic kind of digital-to-
analog converter (DAC).
The board’s 5V supply is powered either via a microUSB cable plugged into the Pico W, or from CON5. In most
cases, a 5V 500mA supply should be adequate, as the Pico
W draws less than 100mA and the IR transmitter requires
20mA on average.
However, the supply must also be able to support the
needs of any connected devices. For instance, 5V relays
commonly draw 75mA or more when energised.
The Pico W module has an onboard 3.3V regulator
capable of supplying 250mA to auxiliary devices. If
more than this is required, an additional 3.3V supply
will be needed.
Construction
The Satellite is built on a double-
sided PCB coded
15104251 that measures 51 × 54mm. Start by soldering
the SMD components in the locations shown in Fig.2. The
band on the diode must point toward the power header.
Next, add the two 20-pin female headers for the Pico, the
JST-ST connector (CON9) and the two LEDs. Leave CON1CON8 off at this stage.
Solder headers to the Pico W, if they weren’t already
fitted, and plug it in with the USB socket at the top of the
board. You can use the sockets on the board as a jig to hold
the headers while soldering them to the Pico W.
Now plug the USB cable into a port on your PC. 5V
should appear on CON1 and 3.3V at CON3. Disconnect it
after checking those supply rails.
siliconchip.com.au
Configuration
If you have difficulty with any of the configuration
steps below, there is documentation at ESPHome’s website (https://esphome.io) and a helpful user community at
https://community.home-assistant.io
Load the ESPHome firmware next. Go to the ESPHome
Builder tab in HA, click on the + NEW DEVICE button and
CONTINUE. You can name your device “myHome” (or
something else if you prefer). Select Raspberry Pi Pico W
as the platform, then click INSTALL. A copy of the encryption key will be saved in the configuration file.
Select the “Manual download” option when the pop-up
window appears – see Screen 1. It will take a minute or
more for HA to compile customised code for the new device.
When the wheel stops spinning, select Download project
and UF2 factory format, then close the pop-up window.
You may need to approve the download in your browser
(“Keep” in Chrome) as it’s coming from an unsecured host.
Hold down the BOOTSEL button on the Pico while plugging its USB cable into your computer. Copy the downloaded UF2 file across to the “RP1-RP2” drive that has
appeared in the PC’s
file manager and close
the pop-up window.
Fig.2: all components
are on the top of the
PCB; mount the SMD
components before the
through-hole items.
Australia's electronics magazine
September 2025 55
The block with your Pico’s name should become ONLINE
in the ESPHome Builder tab, after a 30 second delay (Screen
2). This is a basic ESPHome device, with no sensors or outputs configured. Click on the EDIT link on the myHome
card and the configuration file will be displayed. Additional configuration lines for sensors and controls will be
added below this code – see Screen 3.
Screen 1: the “New device” screen while the code is being
compiled.
Each YAML block starts with an identifier, usually the
item’s type. Values are indented and the number of leading spaces is significant (usually two per level). Each level’s information is terminated when a less indented item
is encountered. Comments begin with a “#” and continue
to the end of line.
Close the editing window by clicking the X at the top left
corner and click on the LOGS link in the myHome card.
A window will open with the history of the device since
it was last booted. In this case, most of the information is
in purple, describing the WiFi connection process. Close
the window.
The Satellite is now ready and the final step is to tell the
HA Core that it exists.
Go to Settings then Devices & services and +ADD INTEGRATION. Search for “ESPHome” and click SUBMIT. The
Satellite should pop up as a discovered device. If not, type
“myHome.local” (or prefixed with whatever name you gave
it) into the “Host” field and click SUBMIT.
If you had to enter the host name, the installer will ask
for the encryption key from the myHome.yaml configuration file. Click SUBMIT after that.
The Area field may be left blank on the next screen.
Approve the request for the device to perform HomeAssistant actions, then click FINISH to make the Satellite active.
The Satellite may not appear on the Overview dashboard
at this stage, as it has no sensors or controls defined.
Adding a sensor
Unplug the USB cable, connect an SHT40 temperature
sensor to the I2C port and plug the USB cable back in.
Re-open the editor and add the following code at the bottom of the myHome.yaml file.
Screen 2: the initialised Pico W Satellite’s card in the
ESPHome builder tab.
## Temperature.yaml
## Temperature & Humidity sensor
## Pico W I2C0 bus
i2c:
sda: 20
scl: 21
scan: true
frequency: 400kHz
## SHT40 sensor
sensor:
- platform: sht4x
update_interval: 10s
humidity:
name: “Humidity”
id: humidity
temperature:
name: “Temperature”
id: temperature
Screen 3: the myHome device’s initial configuration file.
56
Silicon Chip
Rather than typing this in, you can copy and paste this
from the file named “Part2.yaml” in the download package for this series (siliconchip.au/Shop/6/2482). That will
not only save time but ensure you get the correct formatting for it to work.
The first section defines the I2C bus that will be shared
by other connected devices. The sht4x ‘platform’ uses the
defined I2C bus by default. The “name:” field is used when
displaying the entity, while the “id:” field is required if the
entity is to be referenced by code.
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
In the SHT40 section, humidity and temperature sensors
are defined, and the interval between readings is shortened
from the default value of 60 seconds to 10.
After adding the code, click SAVE and INSTALL (in the
top right-hand corner) and select the Wirelessly option in
the pop up. Depending on your HA setup, compiling the
code may take a minute or more. You will know it has finished when the green SUCCESS message appears in the log.
The code will then attempt to upload to the Pico and,
after a delay of thirty or more seconds; the screen will show
the Pico’s boot log. At the bottom should be light blue text
indicating that temperature and humidity readings are
being sent to the HA hub.
If your configuration won’t compile, it may be due to
incorrect indentation or code in the wrong location.
The window may be closed by clicking STOP at any
time after the download has completed. While STOP may
appear a strange command to close the window, HA has
launched a virtual Docker machine to do this work, and
stopping the virtual machine when it is no longer needed
closes the window.
Close the myHome.yaml edit window, then go to HA’s
Overview dashboard. After a minute or so, the myHome
card should appear, showing the temperature and humidity. If it doesn’t, try reloading the web page.
Screen 4: the myHome dashboard card with the Relay LED.
The SSD1306 display
showing temperature,
humidity and the state
of the Relay LED.
Controlling the relay and LED
Only a few extra configuration lines are needed to map
the relay driver’s GPIO pin as a switch output. They are
added to the Satellite system’s myHome.yaml configuration file below the SHT40 sensor definitions. The “switch:”
component indicates that this is a binary output. The GPIO
platform then maps the function to a microcontroller pin:
## Relay_LED.yaml
## Pico Relay and LED
switch:
- platform: gpio
pin: 22
name: “Relay LED”
id: led
Save and install the updated configuration. After a minute
or so, the myHome tab on the Overview dashboard should
include a switch for the Relay LED – see Screen 4. Toggling
the switch should cause the LED to come on.
The completed
Satellite board with
and without the Pico
W. All components
are mounted on the
top of the doublesided PCB. The
optional header pins
at CON8 allow easy
disconnection of the
OLED display.
Adding a display
ESPHome supports a wide range of displays. The
SSD1306 OLED used in this project has an I2C interface
and we can use it to show the current temperature and
humidity, along with the LED/relay state and a graph of
temperature over time.
The display can be daisy-chained with the temperature
sensor or connected via CON8. When wiring it up, take
care with the pinouts as they tend to vary between display manufacturers.
The I2C bus is already defined, so all that is needed is to
declare the OLED display and add some lines of code to
run regularly that write to the display. The OLED screen
is set to the standard I2C address for 128×64 pixel mode.
As the built-in font is blocky, we can use some Google
fonts instead.
In the display section of the code below, there is a portion
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
September 2025 57
Parts List – Home Assistant Satellite
1 double-sided PCB coded 15104251, 51 × 54mm
1 Raspberry Pi Pico W module with two 20-pin headers (MOD1)
1 micro-B USB cable
2 20-pin single-row female header sockets
4 3-pin headers (CON1-CON3, CON7) (optional)
1 13-pin header (CON4) (optional)
2 2-pin headers (CON5, CON6) (optional)
1 4-pin header (CON8) (optional)
1 4-pin JST-SH 1mm-pitch socket (CON9)
[Core Electronics PRT-14417]
Semiconductors
2 BC817 NPN transistors, SOT-23 package (Q1, Q2)
1 5mm 50mA IR LED (LED1)
[Altronics Z0880A, Jaycar ZD1945, Core Electronics ADA387]
1 3mm red, yellow, amber or green LED (LED2)
1 SS14 or similar 1A schottky diode, DO-214AC/SMA
[Altronics Y0084]
Capacitors
4 10μF M2012/0805 16V X7R
Resistors (all SMD M2012/0805 size 1%)
3 2.2kW
2 1kW
1 470W
1 100W
Add-on sensors & display used in this article
1 SHT4x QWIIC temperature and humidity sensor
[Core Electronics ADA4885 or ADA5776]
1 QWIIC cable
[Core Electronics CE07773, Altronics Z6596 or Z6597]
1 AM312/AS312 PIR sensor module [Altronics Z6382A,
Jaycar XC4444, Core Electronics CE05786]
1 SSD1306 I2C OLED display
[Altronics Z6525, Jaycar XC3728, Core Electronics CE09493]
marked “lambda”. Any code following the lambda marker
is passed to a command interpreter for execution at runtime. Lambda code is written in the C language.
Add the code to myHome.yaml below the relay’s
“switch:” definition block:
## OLED_display.yaml
## define the fonts
font:
- file: “gfonts://Roboto”
id: roboto_12
size: 12
- file: “gfonts://Roboto”
id: roboto_16
size: 16
## graph configuration
graph:
- id: temp_graph
sensor: temperature
## sliding time window
duration: 60min
width: 106
## half display height
height: 32
border: True
max_value: 40
min_value: 10
y_grid: 10
## SSD1306 display
display:
- platform: ssd1306_i2c
model: “SSD1306 128x64”
address: 0x3C
## Print the text and graph
lambda: |it.printf(0, 0, id(roboto_16),
“%.1f°C
%.0f%%”,
id(temperature).state,
id(humidity).state);
if (id(led).state) {
it.print(0, 14,
id(roboto_16), “ON”);
it.filled_circle(44, 22, 6);
} else {
it.print(0,14,
id(roboto_16), “OFF”);
it.circle(44, 22, 6);
}
it.print(110, 30,
id(roboto_12), “40”);
it.print(110, 52,
id(roboto_12), “10”);
it.graph(0, 32,
id(temp_graph));
As with other YAML code, the lambda block ends when
less indented text is found. The version in the download
pack is easier to read, as the lines haven’t been wrapped
to fit into a magazine column.
The lambda code prints temperature and humidity on
the first line, with the state of the LED and a circular on/
58
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Screen 5: the Traces screen for the “AC
off” automation.
off indicator on the second line. The bottom half of the
screen displays a graph of the temperature over the past
60 minutes, between 10°C and 40°C, with horizontal grid
lines every 10°C.
The state of the relay LED slider on the dashboard (Screen
4) should be reflected in the OFF/ON text and indicator
on the display.
A simple thermostat
Automations use the output of a sensor or other input
condition, such as the time of day, to trigger an action. We
will create a simple air conditioner thermostat that switches
on the relay/LED when the temperature rises above 28°C
and off again when the temperature falls below 27°C. These
settings are convenient for testing with a finger on the temperature sensor.
To implement the thermostat, the temperature reading is
connected to the Relay/LED using two automations. On the
HomeAssistant screen, go to Settings then Automations &
scenes. Click on + CREATE AUTOMATION at the bottom
right corner of the screen and Select “Create new automation” from the pop-up menu.
Under “When”, click on + ADD TRIGGER. Select Device
and choose “myHome” from the drop-down list. Select
“myHome temperature changes” from the Trigger dropdown. Enter 28 into the Above field. The Below and Duration fields should be left blank.
Under “Then do”, click ADD ACTION. Select Device
and “myHome” as before. The Action is “Turn on myHome
Relay LED”. Save the automation as “AC On”.
Click the back arrow at the top of the screen to return to
the “Automations” menu and create a second automation
to turn the AC off.
Under “When”, click on + ADD TRIGGER. Select
Device and then myHome from the drop-down list. Select
“myHome temperature changes” from the Trigger dropdown. Enter “27” into the Below field. Under “Then do”,
click ADD ACTION. Select the Device myHome as before.
The Action is “Turn off myHome Relay LED”. Save the
automation as “AC Off”.
The two automations will automatically activate within
a minute. Go back to the Overview dashboard and hold
a finger to the temperature sensor. The LED should light
once the temperature rises above 28°C. The indicator
on the dashboard should change, the relay LED should
light, and the OLED display should indicate that the virtual AC is on.
siliconchip.com.au
When the temperature is allowed to fall, the relay LED
should switch off below 27°C.
Go back to the Automations & scenes menu and select
“AC off”. Click on TRACES at the top right corner. The
Trace Timeline tab should produce a screen very much
like Screen 5; this view is useful when debugging more
complex automations.
We’ll have a follow-up article next month that describes
how to use IR remote control to switch a split-system air
conditioner on and off, a more realistic control method.
Analog outputs
We can set up GP16 to generate a 64kHz PWM signal
that is smoothed by a simple RC filter and presented at
CON6. The result is a voltage that’s proportional to the
temperature, with the output scaled to a maximum of
3.3V at 33°C.
The “monochromatic light” platform component is used
as it provides a straightforward conversion from an input
value to a brightness output. However, the conversion
isn’t linear by default; the gamma value must be explicitly set to 1.
Edit the configuration file’s “sensor:” block to add the
on_value clause immediately after the “id: temperature”
statement, then add a new “output:” block for the PWM at
the end of sensor clause:
## PWM_temp.yaml
## PWM set by temperature
## Replaces existing temperature
## and humidity sensor code
## sensor:
- platform: sht4x
update_interval: 10s
humidity:
name: “Humidity”
id: humidity
temperature:
name: “Temperature”
id: temperature
on_value:
then:
- light.turn_on:
id: pwm_lamp
## 10 degrees/volt
brightness:
!lambda “return x/33;”
Australia's electronics magazine
September 2025 59
Screen 6: the myHome dashboard card with the PIR sensor.
Also add the following after the sensor block:
## PWM_output.yaml
output:
- platform: rp2040_pwm
pin: 16
id: PWM_16
frequency: 64000Hz
light:
- platform: monochromatic
output: PWM_16
## straight line temp:pwm
gamma_correct: 1.0
name: “PWM lamp”
id: pwm_lamp
When the code is installed, the PWM output voltage at
CON6 will track the measured temperature.
PIR motion detection
Connect a PIR sensor to the GP15 input at pin 1 on CON4,
with 5V power and ground to CON1 and CON2, respectively. The required connections are shown in Fig.3.
The sensor produces a binary value, so the code sits
in a separate block to sensors that produce numeric values. Add the following code to your device in ESPHome
Builder after the “sensor:” block, then save and install the
changed configuration:
## PIR.yaml
binary_sensor:
- platform: gpio
pin: 15
name: “PIR”
device_class: motion
id: PIR
The MyHome card on the Overview dashboard should
SC
now look something like Screen 6.
Fig.3: wiring for the PIR
sensor is simple. In this
example, Vout goes
to GPIO GP15 (pin 1
on CON4), while 5V
power comes from
any combination
of pins on CON1 &
CON2.
60
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
SOnline
ilicon Chip
Shop
Kits, parts and much more
www.siliconchip.com.au/Shop/
Rotating Lights
April 2025
USB-C Power Monitor
August-September 2025
USB Power Adaptors
May 2025
SMD LED Complete Kit
SC7462: $20
TH LED Complete Kit
SC7463: $20
Short-Form Kit
SC7489: $60
siliconchip.au/Article/17930
siliconchip.au/Series/445
siliconchip.au/Article/18112
This kit includes everything needed to build
the Rotating Light for Models, except for a
power supply and wire.
This kit includes all non-optional parts, except
the case, lithium-ion cell and glue. It does
include the FFC (flat flexible cable) PCB.
You can choose from one of four USB sockets
(USB-C power only, USB-C power+data, mini-B
or micro-B). The kit includes all other parts.
Compact HiFi Headphone Amplifier
Complete Kit
SC6885: $70
Complete Kit
with choice of USB socket
SC7433: $10
Capacitor Discharger
December 2024
December 2024
& January 2025
siliconchip.au/Series/432
This kit includes everything required to build the Compact HiFi Headphone Amplifier. The case is
included, but you will need your own power supply.
Programmable Frequency Divider
Complete Kit
SC6959: $60
Feb25: siliconchip.au/Article/17733
Includes all onboard components, except for a power supply and the optional programming header.
Short-Form Kit
SC7404: $30
siliconchip.au/Article/17310
Includes the PCB, resistors, semis, mounting
hardware and banana sockets. Case, heatsink,
thermal switch and wiring are not supplied.
→ Subscribers receive a 10% discount on all purchases, except for subscriptions (postage is not discounted).
→ Prices listed do not include postage. Postage rates within Australia start at $12, rates are calculated at the checkout.
Last month, we looked at some ways to improve amplifier cooling, either in an amplifier you are building or
an existing one that is running too hot. This month, we go into the details of modifying a specific amplifier
to improve its fan cooling.
Part 2 by
Julian Edgar
Cooling
Audio Amplifiers
A
fter ‘cooking’ two hard-working
amplifiers in a hot roof space, I
resolved that any further amplifiers
put to this torture test would need to
be commercial (rather than domestic)
designs – and preferably fan-cooled.
My budget didn’t extend to new amplifiers, so I looked for second-hand ones.
After an extensive search, I found
two LD Systems amplifiers – the
XS-400 and XS-700. The XS-400 has
an output of 2 × 200W into 4W, while
the XS-700 develops 2 × 350W into 4W.
Both are Class-D amplifiers that have a
maximum distortion of less than 0.1%.
Not hifi, but good enough for a wholeof-house sound system.
I bought the XS-700 first and tested
it extensively, using it to power two
15-inch (380mm) subwoofers, also
located in the roof space. The testing
showed two things. First, the amplifier worked well, and second, despite
the fan cooling, certain internal components ran quite hot.
I’ll concentrate on the XS-700 in this
article, but I modified both amplifiers
in the same way.
Airflow will take the path of least resistance, and the inner surface of the top
amplifier panel is often the smoothest, least obstructed path. Therefore, with
air inlets in the front panel and an outlet fan in the back panel, unless it is prevented from doing so, a lot of air will flow along the underside of the top panel,
completely missing all the components it is meant to cool!
these initial temperatures were measured in 20°C ambient conditions).
The heatsink in the audio section
of the amplifier was noticeably hotter
– about 45°C.
What really concerned me were two
voltage regulators positioned in the
middle of the PCB. These were running at 60°C – and in hot ambient conditions, I saw 75°C! See Photos 2 & 3.
The data sheets for these KA7815
and KA7915 regulators showed a specified operating range of 0-125°C. However, that’s the junction temperature,
which is likely to be a fair bit higher
than the external temperature (to calculate how much, we’d need to know
their dissipation and multiply it by
the junction-to-case figure in the data
sheet). Still, they are likely well within
their specifications.
However, running 40°C above ambient seems pretty darn hot to me! Perhaps more worryingly, they’re located
very close to two large electrolytic
capacitors, which are known for not
liking heat.
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Initial temperature testing
The amplifier uses two major heatsinks: one located in the audio amplification section, with the other for the
switch-mode power supply (see Photo
1). Measurements from an infrared
thermometer showed that the power
supply heatsink was typically running
relatively cool, for example, 37°C (all
Air can be sneaky sometimes
62
Silicon Chip
Photos 1-3: this LD Systems 350W × 2 Class-D amplifier has a single rear fan that draws air through two grilles in the
front panel. The large heatsink on the right is for the power supply; the one on the left is for the audio amplifier. The
thermal camera view inside the amplifier shows the hottest parts to be two voltage regulators – they’re nearly 39°C in 20°C
ambient conditions after only a few minutes. Once more time has passed, those two regulators (circled) are over 60°C.
While within their specifications, they are next to two large electrolytic capacitors. Such capacitors don’t like heat.
For cooling, the amplifier uses two
front grilles and a 35mm fan located
more or less centrally on the rear panel
(Photos 4 & 5). The two front grilles
are internally covered with a dust filter (Photo 6).
The fan operates at two speeds; it
appears the increased speed is triggered when the audio heatsink is
above 55°C. An airflow baffle made
of PCB laminate is positioned transversely near the front of the amplifier,
between the two main heatsinks, with
some small holes in it. No airflow baffles are provided outboard of the two
major heatsinks.
So where was the air going inside
the amplifier? I removed the upper
panel of the enclosure and temporarily replaced it with a sheet of clear
acrylic. I then used the smoke from
an incense stick to carefully observe
It is difficult to concentrate when an
amplifier is belting out at full volume,
so it’s best to use a dummy load when
doing high-load testing. People in
your household (and possibly your
neighbours, and their neighbours) will
thank you.
The load comprises resistors of
an appropriate value to emulate the
speakers you are using – for example,
4W or 8W. Very high power resistors are
expensive, but there’s a cheap and easy
way to create your own load.
Two approaches can be taken. In the
first, buy two electric jug elements of
the sort that have an exposed winding
on a ceramic base. Unwind sufficient
length from each so that you create a
load with the appropriate resistance.
For example, configure each as an 8W
load and wire them in parallel to give
a 4W load (see Photo 7).
Or, since this type of jug element
is now becoming more expensive
Photo 4: a standard baffle is located between the two main heatsinks to prevent
air flowing directly from the front vents to the rear extracting fan. However,
testing with smoke showed quite a lot of air passed straight over the top!
Photo 5: the rear-mounted fan has
two speeds, with the slower of the two
being inaudible.
siliconchip.com.au
the pattern of the airflow within the
working amplifier. As always, when
doing this type of flow testing, things
were not as expected!
There were three main paths that the
air took between the inlet grills and the
outlet fan – bypassing the audio heatsink to the left, bypassing the power
supply heatsink to the right, and flowing over the top of the central baffle in
the gap between the baffle and the lid!
That is, none of the heatsinks had
much airflow passing along their fins,
and the two very hot voltage regulators
were largely in static air, although they
got a small amount of flow.
Before doing any further testing, I
decided to connect a dummy load.
Dummy loads
Australia's electronics magazine
September 2025 63
and harder to find, buy some 5W, 1W
wire-wound resistors and wire them
in series to get the required resistance.
Use thick cable to connect the loads to
the amplifier’s speaker terminals – one
load for each channel. Then fill a Pyrex
(or ceramic) container with water and
place the loads in it.
Ensure that the resistors and connecting cables cannot short out and
be aware that the water can become
hot enough to burn. Make sure that
neither you nor anyone else can come
into contact with the water.
I used eight 1W 5W resistors, wired
in series to form two 4W loads, placed
each side in a double ceramic cooking
dish. The dish contained about one
litre of water (Photo 8). It took about
an hour of testing for the water to get
really hot.
One problem with using a dummy
load for an extended period of testing
is that, should your input signal fail,
you may be unaware of that. To overcome this, wire a speaker to one channel of the amplifier through a 150W 5W
series resistor. This will allow you to
hear the input signal at a low volume,
even when the amplifier is working
hard. If the speaker is still too loud,
increase the resistance.
The monitoring speaker will also let
you know if you have cranked up the
amplifier high enough that it clips (the
sound will distort), so you can turn it
down a bit.
While most amplifier testing uses a
sinewave input, I suggest that for this
testing, you use normal music of the
This will allow the heatsinks to heatsoak and so be forced to work as heat
exchangers. This test also allows you
to monitor your dummy load, to ensure
that the water doesn’t become too hot.
If it does, switch the amplifier off
and then carefully replace the water
at appropriate intervals, or use a
larger container. If you are unsure
whether the amplifier has an automatic
temperature-based shutdown, monitor
internal temperatures during this initial run-in period.
Testing with the dummy load
Photo 6: the front air inlet grilles had
this filter placed over them. I removed
it to achieve better flow.
sort you listen to. A sinewave input
will work the amplifier extremely
hard, and unless you habitually listen to sinewaves for recreation, it’s
also not indicative of the conditions
under which the amplifier will actually be working.
To set the input level correctly, take
note of the volume control’s position
when your normal speakers and source
are connected and you are playing
music as loudly as you ever will. Then,
with the dummy load and monitoring
speaker connected, replicate that level
on the control.
When testing, start by running the
amplifier at full power (below clipping, remember) for 15-20 minutes.
With the dummy load connected
and the clear acrylic lid in place, I
could fully test the XS-700 amplifier.
My first concern was with the very
hot voltage regulators. Their heatsinks
were small, had vertical fins (whereas
the airflow through the amplifier
enclosure is horizontal) and furthermore, the two heatsinks were positioned at right-angles to each other.
Editor’s note: those small blocky
heatsinks are better than no heatsink
but otherwise are mostly useless. Even
a small flag heatsink will generally
outperform them. Flag heatsinks have
gaps in the fins, so airflow in virtually any direction will help them dissipate heat.
Replacing these heatsinks with a
much larger, horizontally aligned
design seemed to be a good first step
– but there was a snag. To remove the
existing heatsinks would be very difficult; the main PCB would need to be
removed from the case, and even then,
Photos 7 & 8: a dummy load can be made by rewiring electric jug elements or using series wire-wound resistors. In both
cases, match the impedance of the speakers you are using (eg, 4W). The load is then placed in a ceramic (or Pyrex) dish that
has been filled with water. Warning: the water can become hot enough to scald; and both resistive loads for each channel
should be kept separate as contact between them could damage the amplifier.
64
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
gaining access to the screws that held
the heatsinks to the regulators would
be difficult. Obviously, these components were installed early in the build
process.
Could the heatsinks be retained and
airflow better directed at them? I created a smooth channel between the fan
and the two regulators from two thin
strips of cardboard. In effect, nearly
all the fan’s air was then being channelled through the voltage regulators’
heatsinks.
Doing this showed a dramatic drop
in the regulator temperatures – from
running at 60°C to 49°C. However, as
you would then expect, the airflow pattern within the enclosure was altered
– testing with smoke showed that the
audio amplifier heatsink was getting
much less airflow past it, and the infrared thermometer showed a commensurate increase in heatsink temperature.
I then cut a small opening in the wall
of the baffle closest to the audio heatsink, allowing the fan to draw some
air from that direction. Smoke testing
showed this was indeed happening,
and the audio heatsink dropped in
temperature (see Photo 10).
But what about the other end of the
amplifier – the power supply section?
That heatsink had never run particularly warm, and yet a lot of airflow was
passing around it – a waste of flow, if
you like. I then extended the standard
central baffle in that direction, reducing the flow around this heatsink.
As expected, the heatsink’s temperature then rose a little – but it was
Measuring temperatures
For reasons of safety, convenience and speed, infrared temperature sensing
is the best way to check the amplifier’s temperature during testing.
An infrared thermometer measures the amount of infrared energy given off
by an object. The amount of infrared energy coming from an object depends
on its temperature and emissivity.
The emissivity of a perfect radiator of infrared energy, called a blackbody,
is 1. However, many objects have emissivities that are less than 1, and if a
correction isn’t made for this, the temperature measurement will be wrong.
If the object either reflects or transmits infrared energy, the emissivity value
will be less than 1. Shiny polished surfaces, such as aluminium, are so reflective of infrared energy that accurate temperature measurements of those surfaces may not be possible without modifying them.
Some infrared thermometers can be programmed for the emissivity of the
surface you are measuring, but many just use a default value of 0.95 – the
emissivity of lamp black or candle soot.
If you are making only comparative measurements (has the temperature
gone up or down with your modifications?), the emissivity won’t matter much,
but if you want accurate values and you are measuring a shiny surface, you
may want to colour it black with a marker, or on a large shiny heatsink, stick a
thin piece of black electrical tape onto it.
A thermal camera, while more expensive than a digital infrared thermometer, can also be very useful. Like an infrared thermometer, thermal imaging
cameras (sometimes also called thermographic cameras) measure infrared
radiation. However, unlike the thermometer, they then render that as a visible
light image on a colour LCD.
Typically, the ‘hotter’ the colour on the display colour, the higher the temperature of that area.
The biggest advantage of a thermal camera over an infrared thermometer
is that you can quickly scan whole areas – just point the camera at the open
amplifier and you can immediately see the hot spots.
Another advantage is that thermal imaging cameras automatically adjust
the scale that they are using, depending on the variation in temperature. Therefore, quite subtle variations in temperature, that you would take a long time to
find with the infrared thermometer, are immediately visible.
However, unless you have other uses for a thermal camera (I have found
that there are plenty), the infrared thermometer should be good enough for
amplifier temperature measurement.
Photo 9: it doesn’t
photograph well, but it’s
easy to see the smoke
flow from an incense stick
being drawn through
the case. The top cover
has been replaced by a
sheet of clear acrylic. A
temporary cardboard
baffle (under the brown
wiring) is reducing the
flow that bypasses the
power supply heatsink.
Photo 10: a close-view of
the temporary cardboard
baffles. The cutout in the
baffle nearest the camera
allows airflow from
the front inlets past the
audio heatsink (left, out
of view). This tiny cutout
made a dramatic change
to the measured flow past
that heatsink.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
September 2025 65
2
3
1
Photo 11: the temperature and flow testing setup. (1) Temporary baffles linking the voltage regulators to the fan. (2) Strip
prevent air flowing over the top of the standard baffle. (3) Baffle to prevent flow bypassing the lower power supply heatsink.
Table 1 – amp modifications
Heatsink
Standard
Modified
Power supply
37°C
39°C
Voltage
regulators
60°C
49°C
Audio
55°C
52°C
Photo 12: the final airflow baffles and
guides can be made from insulating
paper such Presspahn or this fibroid
fish paper. The baffles and guides can
be held in place with small dabs of
silicone sealant.
66
Silicon Chip
still the coolest major heatsink in the
amplifier.
Time for some more smoke testing.
With the voltage regulator cooling tunnel in place, complete with the cutout in the wall to promote some flow
around the audio heatsink, and the baffle preventing a lot of wasted airflow
past the power supply heatsink, the
interior airflow pattern of the amplifier had greatly changed.
With some of the previous free-flow
channels now blocked, a lot of airflow
was passing over the top of the standard front baffle. I then added a cardboard strip to block this flow (Photo
11). Interestingly, the fan could now be
heard working harder – it was drawing
air past the components it was meant
to cool, rather than happily bypassing
most of them!
Table 1 shows the results. They
were measured just below clipping
on music material, working as a subwoofer amplifier crossed over at 90Hz,
in a 20°C ambient environment, with
the fan operating at a low speed.
As can be seen, at full load, the
altered airflow has caused a slight
increase in the power supply heatsink
temperature, a reduction in the audio
heatsink temperature and a major
reduction in the voltage regulator temperature. In fact, many hours of testing showed that the voltage regulator
Australia's electronics magazine
temperatures were reduced by as much
as 25°C in some conditions!
Installing the baffles
Rather than use cardboard to form
baffles and guides, it is better to use an
insulating product such as Presspahn.
However, I found it difficult to get
cheaply in small quantities, so I used
fibroid fish paper, which is available
from Rockby Electronics. It comes in
a tight roll and needs to be flattened
before it can be used.
This can be achieved by rolling it
in the other direction and/or using an
iron. The paper can then be cut to size
and inserted where the cardboard trial
baffle and guides were. A few dabs of
silicone sealant hold them in place.
To seal the baffle (the one that had
plenty of airflow over the top), I used
a strip of soft foam rubber cut from a
larger sheet. Again, this was held in
place with some silicone. When the lid
is replaced, it seals against this foam.
Conclusion
Whether it’s thermally connecting
panels to act as heatsinks, re-orientating
heatsinks to allow better convectional
flow, adding fans or altering airflow
patterns within the enclosure by using
guides and baffles, improving amplifier
cooling can make a major difference to
SC
internal temperatures.
siliconchip.com.au
Photo 13: the finished modifications. They cost very little but give major reductions in the temperature of the hottest
components.
Versatile
Battery
Checker
This tool lets you check the condition of
most common batteries, such as Li-ion, LiPo, SLA, 9V batteries,
AA, AAA, C & D cells; the list goes on. It’s simple to use – just connect the battery
to the terminals and its details will be displayed on the OLED readout.
Versatile Battery Checker Complete Kit (SC7465, $65+post)
Includes all parts and the case required to build the Versatile Battery Checker, except the optional
programming header, batteries and glue
See the article in the May 2025 issue for more details: siliconchip.au/Article/18121
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
September 2025 67
Part 2 by
Julian Edgar & John Clarke
This smart controller can
improve the energy efficiency
of your home. It can transfer
warm or cool air between
rooms automatically when
needed.
Ducted Heat
Transfer Controller
L
ast month, we introduced the
Ducted Heat Transfer Controller that switches a fan used to move
heat between rooms that are at different temperatures. This month, we
describe how to build it and set it up.
We will also show an example installation in detail.
Device layout
The Ducted Heat Transfer Controller is made using three different PCBs.
The main PCB holds most of the components and is installed within a 171
× 121 × 55mm polycarbonate IP65
waterproof enclosure.
The second PCB is for the control
panel. This mounts at the rear of a
Clipsal rocker switch plate and hosts
the switch, LED and piezo buzzer.
The final PCB is for the temperature
sensor. You will need two of these –
one for each sensor. This PCB simply
provides a connection between the
8P8C (RJ45) socket and the DS18B20
temperature sensor. These boards can
be housed within small vented enclosures, such as Jaycar’s HB6116, which
has room for the sensor end of the PCB.
The larger HB6114 allows the whole
PCB to fit.
Alternatively, you can use the probe
version of the DS18B20 and install the
PCB within the wall cavity, with the
probe exposed to the room air.
Both the control panel and the
68
Silicon Chip
temperature sensor boards connect
to the main PCB using 8P8C (RJ45)
plug-terminated Cat 5, Cat 5E or Cat
6 cables. You can also have two control panels, with one in each room. In
this case, they connect to the main PCB
using an 8P8C (RJ45) double adaptor
and extra Cat 5/5E/6 leads.
You can use pre-made Cat 5/5E/6
cables in fixed lengths with connectors
already fitted at each end, or make your
own using suitable cable, connectors
and a crimping tool.
Main PCB construction
The main PCB is coded 17101251
and measures 151 × 112mm. Fig.4
shows the parts layout on this board.
Begin by installing the resistors.
Their colour codes were shown in the
parts list last month, but you should
also use a digital multimeter to check
each resistor before mounting it in
position (sometimes the colour bands
are hard to distinguish).
Diodes D1-D19 are next on the list.
Make sure these are orientated correctly and that the correct diodes are
installed at the right location before
soldering their leads. D1-D16 are the
smaller 1N4148 signal diodes, while
D17-D19 are larger 1N4004 power
diodes. In each case, the cathode end
is indicated by a band, so match those
up to the PCB silkscreen and Fig.4.
Bridge rectifier BR1 (containing four
Australia's electronics magazine
power diodes) can then be installed,
taking care to orientate it with the correct polarity.
We used a socket for IC1. However,
this IC could be soldered in place,
assuming it has already been programmed with the Ducted Heat Transfer Controller firmware (it’s available
as a download from siliconchip.au/
Shop/6/1835).
As mentioned last month, the PCB
is designed to use either BCD switches
for BCD1 to BCD4, or alternatively, a
2×8-pin header instead of each switch.
Install the BCD switches or the DIL
headers that go in the middle of their
footprints, depending on which you
prefer. Also fit the two-pin header for
JP1 now.
The capacitors can now be fitted.
Two types are used: electrolytic and
MKT (polyester). The electrolytic
capacitors need to be orientated correctly since they are polarised (the
longer leads are positive), while the
MKT capacitors can be installed either
way around.
REG1 is installed horizontally and
secured with an M3 screw and nut.
Bend the leads to insert them into
the pads before soldering the leads
in place. Q1-Q3 can also be installed
now; they are all the same type and
orientated identically.
Connectors CON1 through to CON4
can now be installed. Note that the
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.4: the
main PCB is
straightforward
to assemble. If
you don’t want
to install the
BCD switches,
instead solder
a 2×4 pin
header into
the eight pads
in the centre
of the switch
locations and use
jumpers. Watch
the orientations of
IC1, the diodes, BR1,
electrolytic capacitors
and BCD switches.
wire entry for CON3 is toward REG1,
while for CON4, it is towards the
nearest edge of the PCB. Then fit the
three 8P8C RJ45 connectors (CON5CON7).
The next step is to mount relay
RLY1 on the PCB with its coil terminals toward CON3. The relay is
secured in position using M4 screws
and nuts, with each screw inserted
from the underside of the PCB. RLY2
is soldered directly to the PCB.
Transformer T1 is a PCB-mounting
type. A cable tie that wraps around
the transformer and is tied to the PCB
by passing it through the slots provided. The cable tie is necessary to
prevent the transformer body from
being pulled off the PCB when only
supported via the soldered pins, so
make sure it’s tight. Once it’s firmly
anchored, solder its leads.
Case preparation
The main PCB is secured to the
enclosure base using M3 screws into
the integral brass inserts. However,
before attaching the PCB, you will
need to make cutouts for the IEC connector at one end of the enclosure
and the 8P8C sockets at the other, as
shown in Fig.5. You also need to drill
and shape holes for the GPO socket
in the lid.
The large cutouts for the mains GPO
and IEC connector can be made by
drilling a series of small holes around
the inside perimeter, then knocking
out the centre piece and filing the
edges to a smooth finish. Alternatively,
use a speed bore drill to remove the
bulk of the area before filing it to shape.
If you are using the Fire Alarm
function, you will also need a hole
for a cable gland to allow wiring to
pass through and connect to RLY2
via CON4.
Once the drilling and filing is complete, move on to the IEC connector.
Cover the Active busbar metal strip on
the rear with a layer of neutral-cure
Fig.5: use these
diagrams to mark
and then cut out
the required holes
in the enclosure.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
September 2025 69
Fig.6: these labels can be printed out and stuck on the switch plate and main enclosure. If you choose not to use the labels,
ensure you mark the sockets for the switch plate and two temperature sensors.
silicone sealant (eg, roof and gutter
silicone) to prevent it from being a
shock hazard, then mount the connector to the case.
The IEC connector must be attached
using 10mm-long nylon M3 screws,
although metal nuts can be used.
Using nylon screws means they cannot become live should a mains wire
inside the enclosure come adrift and
contact the screw. The PCB can then
be placed inside without securing it
into the integral brass inserts just yet.
You can download the panel label
artwork shown in Fig.6 (siliconchip.
au/Shop/11/1844) and print it out at
actual size to make the panel labels.
Details on making an adhesive front
panel can be found on our website at
siliconchip.au/Help/FrontPanels
Now wire it up as shown in Fig.7.
All wiring must be run using mainsrated cable. Be sure to use 10A cable
for all connections except those to
CON3 or CON4, where you can use
either 10A or 7.5A mains-rated
wire. Note that brown wire is used
for the Active wiring, while blue
(ideally light blue) is used for the
Neutral leads.
The green/yellow-striped wire
must be used for Earth wiring (only),
and the Earth lead from the IEC connector goes straight to the GPO.
Be sure to insulate all the connections with heatshrink tubing for safety,
and cable tie the wires where shown
to prevent any wire breakages coming
adrift. The Active and Neutral leads
are secured to the GPO using a cable
tie that passes through the hole in its
moulding.
70
Silicon Chip
Take great care when making the
connections to the mains socket
(GPO). In particular, be sure to run
the leads to their correct terminals;
the GPO is marked A or L for Active
or Live, the Neutral terminal is marked
N and the Earth terminal E. Do the
screws up tightly so that the leads are
held securely. Similarly, make sure
that the leads to the screw terminals
are firmly secured.
Control Panel assembly
The Control Panel PCB is coded
17101253 and measures 51 × 67mm,
as shown in Fig.8. Solder the vertical
8P8C connector, polarised header and
terminal block on the top side. Make
The temperature sensor PCB is placed
through a hole suitably drilled and
filed in the rear wall of the enclosure.
The RJ45 socket in accessible from
the rear. In use, the socket and cable
protrude into the wall cavity.
Australia's electronics magazine
sure the terminal block wire entries
face away from CON11. The piezo
buzzer can then be soldered on the
other side, with its + terminal orientated as shown.
The LED will be supplied already
wired with current limiting resistors
and a diode suitable for being powered
via the mains voltage, with all exposed
connections heatshrink wrapped – see
the photo at the bottom right corner
of the page. Slit the heatshrink tubing
down one side and remove it to expose
the two LED leads. Remove and discard the original diode and resistor.
Solder short lengths of hookup wire
to the LED and cover the joints with
1mm diameter heatshrink tubing.
These wires can then be crimped to
pins and inserted into the plastic block
to plug into 2-way header CON11.
Two wires are also required for the
switch terminals to CON12. Make
those connections using 7.5A
mains-rated wire or similar. This
wire size works best for the switch
terminals that are designed for
heaver gauge wire compared to
light-duty hookup wire.
A 14mm hole needs to be drilled
in the 3041G single Gang Switch
Grid Plate for the piezo buzzer, while
a 2mm hole should be drilled in the
3041C-VW cover plate for the buzzer
sound to exit.
Temperature sensors
The temperature sensor adaptor
PCB is coded 17101252 and measures 20 × 37.5mm. It is shown in
Fig.9. Assembling the temperature
sensor PCBs involves installing the
siliconchip.com.au
WARNING: Mains Voltage
This Direct Heat Transfer Controller operates directly
from the 230V AC mains supply; contact with any live
component is potentially lethal. Do not build it unless
you are experienced working with mains voltages.
Fig.7: take
care when
doing the
mains wiring.
Use the
correctly
coloured and
current-rated
wire and
secure the
wiring with
cable ties as
shown.
temperature sensor and the 8P8C
socket on each PCB.
If you are using the temperature
probe package version of the sensor,
instead of the TO-92 package version,
then be sure to connect the wires to the
correct GND, DQ and Vcc terminals.
The wire colours are black for ground
(GND), yellow for data (DQ) and red
for 5V Power (Vdd).
In this case, we suggest you cable
tie the leads to the PCB using one of
the PCB corner mounting holes as an
anchor point for strain relief.
indication at power-up, or when a sensor is disconnected while the system
is powered.
One beep means TS1 is disconnected, while two beeps mean TS2
is disconnected. If both are disconnected, both sound indications will
occur, one after the other. This indication will occur once only for each
sensor.
◀ Fig.8: there are only
four parts on the
Control Panel PCB so
it’s easy and quick to
assemble.
Testing
Fig.9: the temperature
sensor PCB is even
simpler, with only
two parts.
Thoroughly test the system before
installing it. Do this by first selecting
the four BCD switch positions that give
the mode, temperature difference and
hysteresis you will likely require (see
Table 2 from last month). Re-secure
the lid and plug in the two temperature sensors and the wall plate control
switch. For this testing, you can use
short Cat 5/5E/6 leads if you have them.
If one of the temperature sensors
is not connected, there will be an
siliconchip.com.au
The Ducted Heat Transfer Controller
can still be used without temperature
sensors; however, without the temperature readings, the unit can only be
used in modes 0 or 1, and without the
fire alarm or LED temperature monitoring features.
If the fire alarm sounds, a quick
press of S1 will silence the buzzer, but
the LED will continue to flash at 5Hz.
The LED provided with the switch
plate is wired for mains power. In our
application, it is driven from a low
voltage, so both the resistor and diode
need to be removed.
Australia's electronics magazine
September 2025 71
A long press will clear the fire alarm.
The fire alarm will sound again if the
temperature rise of either temperature sensor is >8°C/min or if 70°C is
exceeded.
Plug a mains load (eg, a lamp) into
the GPO and then connect power via
the IEC socket. Warm one of the sensors (your fingers can do this if you’ve
set the setpoint and hysteresis values
fairly low) and check that the lamp
activates as you’d expect. Also check
that the wall plate control switch
works correctly for the mode you’ve
selected, and that the LED flashes
appropriately.
Table 1 last month showed the
modes and other switch settings. You
can also refer to the sections titled
“Operating modes” and “Monitoring
LED and beeper” in that article for a
description of how the fan, switch
and LED should behave in each mode.
If you wish to check other modes,
you can disconnect the power, open
the lid and then alter the BCD switches
appropriately. However, if the system
works in one mode, it should also work
in the others.
If you have the fire alarm link in
place, check that if you rapidly heat
one of the temperature sensors (eg,
using a hot air gun) that the LED and
buzzer pulse quickly.
If you find any problems, first disconnect power and then very carefully check your wiring, parts locations, parts orientations and soldering.
doesn’t matter which sensor goes in
which room. The wall plate switch
also connects to the controller via Cat
5/5E/6 cables and plugs.
Such cables are available readymade in a variety of lengths, or you
can buy the cable, plugs and a suitable tool and make your own with custom lengths. The controller plugs into
mains power via an IEC cable and the
duct fan plugs into the GPO socket on
the controller.
All the cables should be laid without any kinks or being stretched and
should be fastened into place with
cable ties and/or wiring clips.
Installation
Temperature sensor locations
The controller needs two temperature inputs, one in the source room
and the other in the destination room.
These connections are made by Cat
5/5E/6 cables with RJ45 plugs. It
The locations of the two temperature sensors are important. When
using the system to transfer heated
air, in the room
providing the heat
Insulate the ducts!
Many commercial heat transfer ducts use uninsulated ducts, but that is a poor
idea. The heat transfer duct comprises four main parts:
• An intake grille in the ceiling of the warm room
• An outlet grille in the ceiling of the room to be warmed
• A duct in the ceiling connecting the two
• One or more fans located in the duct
All these components are in the ceiling space, which is typically poorly insulated and so is a similar temperature to the outside air. In modern houses, a
roof blanket is often using to insulate the roof and so the ceiling space, but
this is usually much less effective than the ceiling insulation. The roof blanket
also doesn’t cover the eaves.
So we have a duct that draws warm air in, and in the transfer to the other
room, potentially loses a lot of that heat to the roof space. Furthermore, even
when the fan is not operating, major heat loss can occur through the duct.
So instead of making your home more energy efficient, you’ve made it less!
The answer to this problem is to use an insulated duct. Flexible ducts suitable for heat transfer are available in a range of insulation values, where the
higher the R value, the better the insulation. Ducts can be bought with R1, R1.5
and R2 insulation. I could not find any ducts better insulated than R2 – in fact,
I only saw one example of R2 insulated ducts.
These are made by Bradflo and are available in a variety of diameters. The
Bradflo R2 duct is available by special order through Metalflex (a sister company to Reece Plumbing).
Of course, you can buy uninsulated ducts and insulate them yourself, or if
using insulated ducts, add to the insulation that is already there. The neatest and
easiest way of achieving this is to use roof blanket insulation, which comprises
aluminium foil and a thin layer of fibreglass insulation. This can be wrapped
around the duct, aluminium foil outwards, with the joins made with tape.
Roof blankets are rated at R1.3. The insulation value rises with thickness,
so if you added two wraps of roof blanket (offset the joins) to an uninsulated
duct, you’d have a total value of about R2.6 (probably a bit less because the
foil doesn’t add up in the same way as the fibreglass).
Flexible ducts will lose a lot of their flexibility when wrapped in this way, so
it is best to position the duct in the ceiling before wrapping it.
Note that the same potential for heat loss occurs even if the duct is placed
under the floor.
72
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
(the source room), the sensor should
be placed high in the room – near the
ceiling. This is because hot air rises,
and so once warm air is available for
transfer, the controller should be able
to measure it.
Conversely, in the room receiving the heat (the destination room),
the sensor should be placed closer
to shoulder height – that is, measuring the temperature of the air that the
occupants will feel.
Where the system is being used to
transfer cool air, or warm air in winter
and cool air in summer, both sensors
should ideally be at shoulder height.
In all cases, the sensors should not
be placed close to the duct openings –
the flow through the ducts will affect
local temperature readings.
The enclosures in which the temperature sensors are placed should be a
light colour. If they are painted a dark
colour, they will absorb radiant heat,
especially if exposed to direct sunlight, so the temperature reading may
not reflect the true air temperature.
Setting the temperature
difference
Setting the temperature difference to
a low value will cause the fan to operate earlier as the room providing the
heat warms up. However, if this value
is set too low, the air may not have
sufficient heat in it when it reaches
the destination room. This is because
even if they are insulated, all ducts
will lose some heat (see the panel on
insulating the ducts).
For a given level of insulation, the
longer the duct, the more heat loss that
will occur. To put this a different way,
if the temperature difference is set too
low, the duct may blow cold air into
the destination room!
The temperature difference at which
the fan will turn off is called the hysteresis. If the fan switches on and off
a lot, increase the hysteresis. Conversely, if the temperature in either
room varies up and down noticeably,
decrease the hysteresis.
Conclusion
Using a heat transfer duct with our
automatic controller can improve
your home’s energy efficiency, comfort levels and, especially if using
passive solar heating, reduce heating
costs. Our controller has sufficient
versatility to work in nearly all situations where heat transfer is needed
and can be used in either a new house
or where a heat transfer duct is being
retrofitted.
See overleaf for a panel on how
Julian Edgar installed the Ducted Heat
Transfer Controller in his house.
The transformer is held in place with a cable tie. The mains power connections are insulated with heatshrink and
silicone sealant is used to insulate the exposed terminals on the IEC connector. This
board uses the BCD switch option.
◀ Shown to the left is one of the
temperature sensor PCBs. Up to
two of them can be connected to the
Controller PCB.
siliconchip.com.au
The rear of the switch
plate in assembled form
(shown above). There is a
hole drilled in the rear plate
for the buzzer to protrude
through, and a smaller hole
drilled in the faceplate to
allow the sound to come out.
This PCB is a snug fit around
the switch mechanism; it can
be held in place with a little
silicone.
September 2025 73
The details of our installation
Photo 1: Bradflo
250mm ducting, insulated to R2.0.
Photo 2: another layer of insulation
was wrapped around the outside of
the duct.
Photo 3: two Papst 24V 250mm
brushless fans were used.
Photo 4: one of the Papst fans taped
to the inner flexible ducting.
74
Silicon Chip
In our installation, a long, straight duct was used to link the two end rooms in
a rectangular-shaped house that is currently being built. Each of the two end
rooms has a cathedral (raked) ceiling, meaning that each has an interior wall
that adjoins the roof space. The duct joins vents in each of these walls.
We used Bradflo 250mm R2.0 insulated ducting. This had a further layer
of R1.3 foil and fibreglass insulation wrapped around it. The joins were made
using 75mm-wide ProctorPassive YouRippa tape, which has excellent adhesion and is airtight. That’s in contrast to the aluminium flashing tape I used
first, which did not adhere well enough to remain sealed.
The duct is 14m long, so two fans have been used. They are Papst units
from a Bradford Ecofan Subfloor Ventilation system. I chose them because
of the brand quality, their brushless DC design and the fact they work from
24V plugpacks, removing the need for mains wiring connections to the duct.
The retail price for the Ecofan Subfloor Ventilation varies a lot, so if you
decide to use the same fans as I did, it pays to shop around.
These fans come with control boxes that allow the selection of three fan
speeds. They are usually screwed to grilles, but in our application, we want to
insert the fans within the ducting so I removed the grilles.
To minimise noise, the fans were placed within the duct, about 1m from each
end. The fans are light enough to be supported by the ducting, and the fan
shroud’s diameter and circular shape means the inner ducting can be pulled
over the shroud and taped into place.
Once the fan was inserted into the duct, the area was re-insulated with standard Bradflo duct insulation and the additional layer of R1.3 insulation. The
metre of ducting between the fans and the vents reduces aerodynamic noise,
and the double layer of insulation around the fans reduces vibration (and so
noise) transmission to the house’s framework.
When running, the fans are inaudible on the slowest speed setting, just audible on the medium setting and can be heard (but not at an objectionable level)
on their fastest speed. If you choose a duct that’s large enough, you shouldn’t
need to run them at maximum speed for sufficient heat transfer.
It is difficult to work out ahead of time how much airflow will be needed to
heat the destination room. Therefore, in this new house build, provision was
left for the installation of a second parallel duct, should it be needed. If you
find you do need to run the fans at full speed, you could consider a second
duct, allowing them to run them slower for similar aiflow.
The original grilles from the Bradford ventilation system were not used.
Instead, 250mm cone diffusers were placed at each end of the duct. These
likely provide less restriction that the more intricate Bradford grilles, and were
also chosen to be a styling match for additional grilles used for other purposes.
The Heat Transfer Duct Fan Controller was located in the roof space near to
one of the fans. The controller is accessible in this location from a loft space.
The second fan’s plugpack is fed by a long extension cable that uses a male/
female plug, allowing the cable and the first fan’s plugpack to both plug into
the controller’s GPO.
The temperature sensor in the source room was placed high on the wall,
with the other in the destination room at shoulder height. The wall plate with
the LED, buzzer and rocker switch was placed in the source room – just one
Control Panel was used.
Editor’s note: we have been pleased with inexpensive mains-powered axial
flow fans we purchased from AliExpress (we used one for our laser cutter
exhaust). Search AliExpress for “axial fan hydroponics”. Similar fans are availSC
able on eBay.
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Photo 5: the white tape and cable show
the location of the inserted fan. Another
two layers of insulation were wrapped
around this spot, reducing heat loss
from this area and making the fan
quieter.
Photo 6: the duct is 14m long and rests
on two added longitudinal timbers. It
is stiff enough that it could probably
have just been draped across the ceiling
joists.
Photos 7 & 8: one of the 250mm grilles, called a ‘cone diffuser’ in ventilation circles,
prior to plasterboard installation. My vents are in the walls rather than the ceiling.
Photo 9: one of the temperature
sensors out of its box. This one is
located high on a wall on a sheet of
bracing plywood.
Photo 10: the switch plate temporarily
installed before the addition of
plasterboard.
Photos 11 & 12: the installed Ducted Heat Transfer Controller with the insulated duct visible behind.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
September 2025 75
CIRCUIT NOTEBOOK
Interesting circuit ideas which we have checked but not built and tested. Contributions will be paid for at
standard rates. All submissions should include full name, address & phone number.
UV Monitor using an ATtiny85
This project was inspired by Jim
Rowe’s article on the “UVM-30A
Module Ultraviolet Light Sensor” in
the May 2023 issue (siliconchip.au/
Article/15776). I had used a Digispark
ATtiny85 microcontroller board with
the Tiny4kOLED library in a freezer
alarm project, so I decided to use the
same combination in this design.
The Tiny4kOLED library is very
memory efficient. This is important
because the ATtiny85 has only about
6kiB of memory available. Also, the
oled.fillLength() command proved to
be useful. Two segment linear approximation provides a close fit to the UV
sensor module characteristic graph
included in Jim Rowe’s article:
UVI = Vout ÷ 240
when Vout < 200mV
UVI = (Vout – 100) ÷ 100
when Vout > 200mV
In calculating the integer UV Index
Number, I added half a step value to
Vout to compensate for truncation so
that the readings fall to the mid-step
(in other words, this is necessary to
achieve correct rounding).
The oled.fillLength() function
makes it easy to display a bar graph.
The OLED display contents are stored
in the display memory. Therefore,
when Vout decreases, the old display
needs to be erased.
Using the Clear Screen command
results in flicker. To avoid this, I used
oled.fillLength() to blank out the top
end of the bar. For this reason, the bar
graph is limited to a maximum value,
although the numeric index value is
not limited.
Rather than displaying Vout , I
decided that UV irradiation readings
would be more interesting.
Irradiation power (Pirr) is calculated
from Vout as follows:
Pirr (in mW/m2) = Vout ÷ 10
when Vout < 200mV
Pirr (in mW/m2) = (Vout – 100) ÷ 4
when Vout > 200mV
I added an alarm option to this monitoring device. The trigger level is currently set at 200mW/m2 (the beginning
of the VERY HIGH range).
During testing, it became clear that
some filtering of the input signal was
desirable, so I applied a running average (over ten samples) to the input.
The resulting display has a twin bar
UV level inductor with a 0-10 graduated scale. It shows the UV index
and UV irradiation level in mW/m2.
The audible alarm trigger level can be
adjusted in the software.
Even though OLED displays are
self-illuminated, they are not easy to
read in sunlight. Therefore I decided
it was useful to be able to freeze the
The UV Monitor can be wired up
using flying leads.
display so it can be viewed away
from bright lights without the readings changing.
To achieve this, I added in a switch
(S1) to connect RESET to GND. The
microcontroller stops processing and
the screen is frozen. It is then possible to read the captured image in the
shade. Releasing the RESET button
returns the microcontroller to normal
operation.
Mauri Lampi,
Glenroy, Vic. ($90)
Circuit Ideas Wanted
Got an interesting original circuit
that you have cleverly devised? We
will pay good money to feature it in
Circuit Notebook. We can pay you
by electronic funds transfer, credit
or direct to your PayPal account. Or
you can use the funds to purchase
anything from the Silicon Chip
Online Store. Email your circuit
and descriptive text to editor<at>
siliconchip.com.au
76
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Emergency light using a supercap
It’s very convenient to have a light
that will switch on and keep going
during a blackout. One can build a reliable and simplified emergency light
circuit with energy-efficient LEDs,
using supercapacitors or ultracapacitors instead of rechargeable batteries
for longer life, quicker charging and
deeper discharging.
Supercapacitors typically do not
need trickle charging; they can be
completely discharged and constantly topped off (www.ti.com/lit/
an/sluaao7/sluaao7.pdf) and they do
not degrade significantly from this
approach. Unfortunately, supercapacitors do tend to have significantly
higher self-discharge rates that are
temperature dependent (siliconchip.
au/link/ac5g).
This circuit uses a standard 5V DC
plugpack to keep a supercapacitor (or
bank of supercapacitors) constantly
charged to around 4.7V. A 6V DC plugpack would be even better, with D1 &
D2 replaced with standard 1N4004
diodes, to keep the supercap charged
to around 5.4V, just below its upper
limit (this will allow it to store more
energy).
Diode D2 keeps the capacitor at
the base of Q1 charged to the same
voltage as its emitter, so Q1 remains
off while mains power is available. If
mains power is lost, the 1μF capacitor
quickly discharges and Q1 switches
on, powering the white LED.
The initial maximum LED current is 20mA, but this decreases over
time, with a slowly fading brightness. Using a 4F supercapacitor and
a high-brightness white LED, it will
last around 40 minutes.
If constant brightness and a longer
on-time is needed, the classic “Joule
Thief” circuit shown below can be
inserted between the collector of Q1
and the LED. Voltage regulation is
achieved by N-channel Mosfet Q3,
which is used as feedback to switch
off Q2 when the output reaches its gate
threshold voltage. The body diode of
Q3 also protects the base-emitter of
Q2 against periodic negative spikes.
This extra circuity means that not
only will the LED brightness remain
essentially constant until the supercapacitor(s) have discharged but also
that almost the full charge of the caps
can be used, extending the on-time by
about 50%. That’s in contrast to the
LED switching off once the capacitor(s) have discharged below the 3V
or so needed to forward-bias the LED.
Mohammed Salim Benabadji,
Oran, Algeria. ($75)
Switching between 115V & 230V AC
I discovered this trick in the IBM
5155 Computer power supply circuit. It allows a single SPST switch
to select between 115V AC and 230V
AC input while providing the same
DC bus voltage.
In 230V AC input mode, the
arrangement is that of a full-wave
bridge rectifier. In 115V AC mode,
it becomes a half-wave voltage doubler, and D3 & D4 no longer conduct.
Note how it is possible to connect
a transformer (T5) with a 115V AC
primary that will produce the same
output regardless of whether the
line voltage is 115V AC or 230V AC.
This is possible because the bridge
rectifier & filter capacitors create
what amounts to a low-impedance
artificial centre tap (or virtual zero)
on the incoming 230V line voltage.
The reactance of the filter capacitors
at mains frequencies is very low.
siliconchip.com.au
In the IBM 5155 supply, transformer T5 has a 12V secondary that
powers most of the electronics in
the switch-mode power supply for
bootstrapping.
Once the switch-mode supply is
up and running, its
12V output can take
T5
over powering this
D1
PRIMARY
circuitry (this makes
~
the supply less sensitive to brown-outs).
230V
D2
The resistors across
AC
the electrolytic capacitors ensure that the
charge is split evenly
across them; their valT5
D1
ues will depend on
PRIMARY
the maximum capac~
itor leakage currents
115V
and load symmeD2
AC
try. In the IBM 5155
power supply, the top
Australia's electronics magazine
one is 55kW (two 110kW resistors
in parallel), while the lower one is
27kW. They dissipate up to 0.56W
and 1.13W, respectively.
Dr Hugo Holden,
Buddina, Qld. ($100)
+
D3
~
–
D4
470mF
S1
20 0V
4.7nF
470mF
325V
DC
20 0V
SC
Ó2025
+
D3
~
–
D4
470mF
S1
20 0V
4.7nF
470mF
325V
DC
20 0V
September 2025 77
USB--C
USB
Part 2 by Tim Blythman
Power Monitor
This compact device lets you monitor the voltage, current, power and energy supplied to a
USB-C device. The first article last month covered some background information, the circuit
details and reasons for the design choices. Now we’ll describe the construction and usage of
this handy tool.
T
he USB-C Power Monitor can measure the Vbus voltage and current
flowing between two devices; using
this information, it can also calculate power and energy. That makes
it similar to our USB Power Monitor
(December 2012 issue; siliconchip.au/
Article/460) but with USB-C connectors, a more comprehensive display
and extra capabilities.
Since USB-C allows current to flow
in either direction, the new Monitor
must handle that, as well as USB-C’s
higher voltage and current capabilities, up to 48V and 5A. It has an internal rechargeable battery to avoid loading the USB host.
The Monitor also tests the state of
the configuration channel (CC) lines,
which are also new to USB-C. It has
an OLED display module and three
tactile switches for control. All these
features are packed into a compact
80mm × 40mm enclosure.
Construction
The two PCBs are connected by soldered wire, ribbon cable or FFC (flat
flexible cable) connections. That’s
because pluggable connections have
variable resistance and will interfere
with the correct operation of the current shunt monitor. The smaller PCB
has the USB-C plug and socket. We will
build this first, since it is easy to test.
The second PCB carries most of the
parts and also forms the front panel
of the completed unit. This PCB can
operate by itself, without a battery, so
the second PCB can also be tested for
basic functionality before everything
is joined.
The case we have chosen requires
three cutouts to be made. These are not
too tricky, and they can also be tested
for fit before the final assembly step.
As you can see from our photos, the
completed unit is compact and neat.
Both PCBs are 0.8mm thick and feature surface-mounting parts, so you
will need the usual SMT gear; a finetipped soldering iron (or medium/
chisel tip, if you prefer), solder, flux
paste, tweezers, a magnifier and good
lighting. Solder wicking braid will
come in handy, too. Work outside or
with good ventilation to avoid inhaling smoke from the flux.
Connector PCB
You might not need them, but Fig.4
shows the overlay diagrams for this
PCB, which is coded 04102251 and
measures 78 × 11mm (it’s 0.8mm
thick). There aren’t many parts on it,
but we think it’s the most tricky to
solder because of the fully featured
USB-C connectors and their fine pin
pitch. We found socket CON2 to be
most challenging, so we recommend
starting with that.
We haven’t tried it, but if you have
a hot-air station and solder paste and
are familiar with using them, then you
might like to use them to assemble the
connector PCB. This process would be
closer to the reflow process used for
commercial soldering of these parts.
CON2 is much the same part that we
used in the USB Cable Tester (November & December 2021; siliconchip.
com.au/Series/374), although this time
we are using a variant with shorter
through-hole pins since the PCB is
thinner. These pins are very fine and
can easily bend if they are bumped;
this could lead to short circuits with
other pins, so be gentle.
Place CON2 on the PCB and tack
one of the larger shell pins, then confirm that the SMT pins on the top of
the PCB are aligned and flat against the
PCB. This should avoid the possibility
Short-form Kit (SC7489, $60): this kit includes all the non-optional parts listed except the case, lithium-ion cell
and glue. It will also include the FFC (flat flexible cable PCB) for joining the two PCBs.
78
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.4: there aren’t many components on this PCB; it does little more
than pass all USB-C signals through and break out a few of them for connection to the main PCB. Soldering CON1 and
CON2 will probably be the trickiest part of this project.
of the part moving while you are trying
to solder it. Clean the iron and add a
small amount of fresh solder.
Carefully add flux to the smaller
pins and solder them. We’ve extended
these pads where possible, as this will
allow you to touch the iron to the pad
and see that the solder has flowed and
melted onto the pin. Flip the PCB over
and solder the through-hole pins,
including the four larger shell pins.
If you think you have a bridge
between pins, carefully use the braid
and a little more flux paste to draw
the excess solder away. The solder’s
surface tension should hold enough
solder behind to make a solid joint. If
in doubt, add a little more, with some
more flux to ensure it flows smoothly.
The USB-C plug (CON1) is a
straddle-
mount part that clips over
the edge of the PCB. This helps to lock
it into place so it’s not likely to move
during soldering. Its pins are also fine,
and if they are bent at all, particularly
sideways, then they may bridge to
other pins. If it has a protective cap,
leave it in place for now.
Place the plug over the edge of the
PCB and check that it is flat against
the PCB and all the pins on both sides
align with their pads. Carefully slide it
sideways if needed. It should be parallel to the edge of the PCB, too.
Add flux to all the pins and touch
the iron to the end of each pad in turn
until the solder flows onto the respective pin. The shell can also be soldered
to the larger pads on the outside edge
of the PCB; this will add mechanical
strength. Check for solder bridges and
use the braid with extra flux paste as
needed.
Once you are happy with it, fit the
three resistors to this PCB. The larger
part is the 15mW shunt; the other two
are 220W. Clean up the excess flux
on the PCB using the solvent of your
choice. Some fluxes recommend specific chemicals, but we find that isopropyl alcohol is a good alternative.
siliconchip.com.au
Allow this PCB to dry and give it
another inspection. If there is a short
circuit between any pins, it will not
work as designed. Remove the cap on
CON1. At this stage, this PCB should
be functional as a USB-C extension, so
you can test it by connecting a fully
featured USB-C cable (with plug) to
CON2. Be sure to rotate the connector
180° to test both configurations.
Ideally, our USB Cable Tester
should be used for initial tests, since
this will not cause or suffer any damage if there is a fault. The extended
cable should give exactly the same
results as the cable on its own, since
all the lines are taken straight through.
There may be a slightly higher cable
resistance due to the extra cable junctions.
Lacking that, connect a USB-C
device you don’t care about too much
to a computer through this extension
and check that it works normally.
We also used a USB-PD power supply connected to a USB-PD trigger
device to test this PCB, since they
are fairly cheap and will exercise the
power and CC (configuration channel) wires. See the end of this
article for an example of the boards we
used for testing.
If the tests work as expected, then
test out the data wires using a computer or similar. Be sure to use it with
a USB 3.x device so that you know
that all the USB data circuits are functional. As before, the extended cable
should give the same results as the
cable on its own. If you run into any
problems, go back and rectify them
before using this PCB.
Main PCB
While the second PCB, coded
04102252 and measuring 80 × 40mm,
has a few smaller parts, in comparison,
it should be relatively straightforward
(see Fig.5).
Start with the smaller ICs and the
regulator. IC3 is the AD8541 op amp
(or similar) and should be labelled
with the code A4A or A12, while IC4
is the MCP73831 charge controller
and should be labelled KD, followed
by a two-character lot code. They are
both in SOT-23-5 (five lead) packages.
Note that the pads for IC3 have been
modified to allow either an SOT-23-5
or slightly smaller SC-70-5 part to be
fitted since we will supply SC-70-5
parts in our kits. They are
The main
PCB (shown enlarged) has
numerous SMDs, plus a through-hole LED that
shines through a hole in the PCB solder mask. The OLED module
is also mounted to be visible through a cutout in the PCB. A row of header pins
can be fitted to CON5 if in-circuit programming of IC1 is required.
Australia's electronics magazine
September 2025 79
marginally smaller, so not too much
more difficult to solder. If you’re sourcing the parts yourself and prefer to use
an SOT-23-5 part, it should fit the same
pads just fine (it’s a dual footprint).
REG1, the MCP16252, is similarly
small in a six-lead SOT-23-6 package and marked with the code MC
and a two-character lot code. Be sure
to check the orientation on this one,
since it is symmetrical, unlike the fivelead parts. The alignment dot is below
and to the left of the MC code; in other
words, pin 1 is at lower left when the
text is upright.
Double-check its orientation before
soldering more than one pin as it’s
tricky to fix if you get it wrong!
Follow with IC1 and IC2, the two
SOIC parts; these should be a breeze
after the smaller parts, but you still
need to pay careful attention to their
orientations.
Diode D1 is quite small, but should
be easy enough to manage. CON5,
the third USB-C connector should be
aligned flush with the edge of the PCB
as much as possible.
After the resistors, capacitors and
sole inductor are fitted, this PCB will
be fairly complete. There are only
two different capacitor values; the
five 10μF parts might be thicker than
the five 100nF parts. They will be
unmarked, though, so be sure not to
mix them up.
There are several different resistor values, so match the markings to
the silkscreen or use a multimeter if
you are unsure. On the PCB, the silkscreen values are generally below or
to the right of the part when they are
in a row, to avoid ambiguity. You can
also check against the overlay diagram
(Fig.5) and photos.
You can also solder in the 3mm LED
now. We’re using a through-hole part
here, since two-lead SMD bicolour
LEDs are not widely available. The K
marking on the PCB corresponds to the
cathode of the green LED in the package. Bend the leads as shown in the
photos and solder it to the PCB. Keep
the lead offcuts for later.
Now is a good time to clean up the
flux residue on the PCB, before the
OLED and tactile pushbuttons are fitted; these parts will not appreciate
being immersed in solvent. Allow it
to dry and inspect the soldering for
Fig.5: this PCB hosts
most of the parts. Don’t
mix up the various
SOT-23/SC-70 parts (in
3-pin, 5-pin & 6-pin
variants). Fortunately,
there is a fair amount
of space on the PCB, so
the silkscreen markings
should be easy to follow.
Fig.6: the partially
assembled main
PCB – you can testfit the boards before
they are turned into a
single assembly. We
recommend you take
your time and ensure
that they are a good
fit individually before
joining them together.
80
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
any poor connections or bridges and
rectify them if needed. Fig.6 shows the
state of the PCB at this point.
Finishing the main PCB
You can now fit the OLED module
and tactile switches to the main PCB.
For the OLED module, desolder any
header that has been attached to it and
clean up the four pads.
The easiest way to do this is to add
solder to the pins so that they are all
covered in a single, large blob of solder and then heat that while pulling
the pins with pliers until they slide
out of the board. After that, use a solder sucker to remove the excess solder
bridging the pads.
Now solder short wire offcuts to
the four pads on the main PCB. These
should point straight up and align
with the holes in the OLED when it
is overlaid. The best way to do this is
to bend short pieces of wire into an
‘L’ shape and use the extended pad to
secure them better. It’s a bit fiddly, but
we think it leads to a very tidy result.
Remove the OLED’s protective film
and slot the OLED over the offcuts,
then solder the OLED module to them.
Be sure that the OLED is not too close
to the edge of the PCB; otherwise, it
could foul the enclosure. Another
piece of wire can be soldered to the
long pad near LED1 and bent over
the OLED module. This will provide
support to the other end of the OLED.
Fit the pushbutton switches next.
Their stems poke through the PCB to
face outwards, so you may need to sit
the PCB up using spacers or a PCB
holder. Tack one lead and adjust the
switches so that their stems are centred in the holes. This will look better and eliminate the chance of the
switches binding.
Once you are satisfied with the positions, solder the remaining leads. You
can tidy up with a cotton-tipped swab
or similar. Dip it in some solvent and
wipe up any excess flux.
Programming IC1
Chips purchased from the Silicon
Chip Online Shop (including those
in the kit) will be supplied in a programmed state, so will not need programming. You can skip to the next
section if you have such a chip.
To program IC1, you can fit a header
to CON3. For our prototype, we just
used a standard through-hole header
strip and soldered it as though it were
siliconchip.com.au
The USB-C
Power Monitor runs
from an internal Li-ion rechargeable
battery and can measure up to 60V and 5A. The loop
in the FFC goes over the OLED module so that the
cell will fit into the space above IC2 when the case
is closed. With the cell stuck down using foam-cored
tape, the main PCB should rest in place as a snug fit.
This PCB becomes the lid and is attached using the
screws included with the case.
a surface-mounting part. It can stay in
place since it will not foul the enclosure if installed squarely. You can see
it in the photo of the completed assembly above.
You can apply power to the PCB
through CON5 (the USB-C power-
only socket on the main PCB), if
this is needed. Use a Snap, PICkit 4,
PICkit 5 or PICkit Basic and choose the
PIC16F18146 from the MPLAB IPE.
Open the 0410225A.HEX file, use it
to program the chip and confirm that
the verification is successful.
You should also see the OLED illuminate and display the main screen;
the readings will be nonsensical, since
there is no connection to the second
PCB. Pressing S3 (>) should cause the
screens to cycle. If this is the case, then
all is well. If not, double-check your
soldering before continuing.
Enclosure
It’s a good idea to prepare the case
next, as that will allow the two PCBs
to be checked before they are joined
together. Note that the cutting here
matches our prototype as built, with
the USB-C socket (CON2) on the left
and the plug (CON1) on the right. In
other words, the CON5 USB-C power-
only socket is on the same end as CON2.
Because the assembled PCB with
CON1 & CON2 is longer than the case,
the final assembly step will involve
passing CON2 fully through its hole
(and out the side of the case) so the
CON1 end of the PCB can be dropped
into place. The PCB is then slid back
so that the two connectors are in their
final locations.
siliconchip.com.au
Because of the extra room needed
for these manoeuvres, the holes will be
slightly oversized. As such, the lower
PCB will need to be secured with glue
(but not just yet!). This will also provide reinforcement against wear and
tear on the connectors.
Fig.7 shows the cutting diagram, but
you can also use the two PCBs to mark
out the cuts as you go. For example,
you can rest the main PCB on top of
the case and mark the sides of CON5,
rather than trying to measure out the
dimensions with a ruler. The bottom of the holes for CON1 and CON2
should be level with the floor of the
case, which is 2mm thick.
Since the CON5 cutout is a notch
at the top edge of the enclosure, you
could use a sharp hobby knife or fine
hacksaw to make the vertical cuts.
Make a score mark at the base of the
tab and carefully flex it with pliers
until it snaps off. Then tidy the edges
and make sure that the main PCB can
sit flat on the top of the case.
The other holes should be started
with a drill at their outer edges. Make
further drill holes along the length
and use a file or knife to join those
holes. Then enlarge the holes until the
smaller PCB can be inserted and check
that the lower PCB can slide freely and
can be slotted into place from above.
long, so wire, if used, should be the
same length. This will neatly loop to
one side of the case without bunching up. The loop provides space for
the lithium cell.
Pay careful attention to the orientation of the two boards in our photos.
You can see that CON2 is at the same
end as CON5 to match our cutting diagram and prototype.
Start by soldering the FFC to the
main PCB. We have aligned the striped
conductor with the square pads on the
PCB; this is pin 1. The FFC does not
need to sit flat, but can pass at an angle
just enough to clear the OLED module.
Just like an SMT part, you can tack
one lead and confirm that the FFC
is square and aligned to the main
PCB. You shouldn’t need to use flux
since you will need to use a generous
amount of solder. Tack the lead at
Connecting the PCBs
The two PCBs are ideally connected
by a flat flexible cable (FFC), which
is effectively a flexible PCB with the
code 04102253. An alternative is to
simply use light-gauge insulated wiring or ribbon cable. The FFC is 4cm
Australia's electronics magazine
Fig.7: the recommended cut-outs. You
will need to swap the CON1 & CON2
cut-outs if you plan to fit the smaller
board in the opposite orientation than
we are recommending.
September 2025 81
the other end and if everything looks
correct, solder the remaining leads to
their pads.
Follow the same process to connect
it to the second PCB. The FFC connects
to the side opposite the resistors, so it
can sit flat against the PCB. You can
see the arrangement in the photo on
page 81.
Once this is done, take care with
the assembly. The FFC is reasonably robust, but will not stand up to
repeated flexing. It could tear if subjected to excessive force, or be kinked
if it is bent too hard.
Completion
Now that the PCBs are connected,
you could power up the unit (at CON5)
and see that it is showing reasonable
readings, close to 0V and 0A. Without
a battery connected, our LED flashed
red, then green and then switched off;
if yours flashes green then red, the LED
may be reversed, and it is best to correct that now.
You can jump ahead to the setup
and usage section if you’d like to run
some further checks before gluing the
PCBs down and closing everything up.
Since the next step involves soldering the battery to the PCB, you
should disconnect power. Take great
care whilst working with the battery,
since the lithium-ion cell will not
take kindly to being short-circuited.
Everything will be live (at up to 5V)
from now on.
Carefully prepare the leads for soldering. Our battery had a connector
that we needed to cut off. Only cut one
lead at a time to avoid shorting them
with the cutters. Use tape to cover the
ends so that only one is exposed at a
time. Solder the leads to the terminals
marked BAT1 on the PCB, observing
the polarity seen in the photos and on
the silkscreen.
The Monitor should switch on. You
can place it in a low-power sleep mode
by pressing and holding S3 (>) until
Screen 2 is seen. Then press S1 (down)
to enter sleep; the text SLEEPING
will appear before the screen blanks.
Apply glue (neutral cure silicone) to
the battery terminals on the PCB and
cover any bare metal. This will add
some extra strain relief and also insulate the bare ends of the wires.
Now you can slot CON1 and CON2
into the case. Ideally, CON2 should
protrude slightly from its end, with
the lower PCB resting against that
end wall of the enclosure. Add glue
to secure the PCB in place and take
care not to allow any to seep inside
the connectors, especially the holes
on the top of CON2.
For now, apply just enough glue to
make sure that the PCBs are mechanically secure. If needed, you can tidy
up the external appearance by filling
in the gaps in the case around CON1
and CON2 later. Now you should wait
until the glue has fully cured to ensure
that nothing breaks loose during the
final stage.
While waiting for the glue to cure,
you can charge the battery via the
CON5 USB-C socket. The LED should
light up red and then change to green
when charging is complete.
Closing it up
Use foam-cored double-sided tape
to secure the battery to the inside of
the case. It should sit against the lower
wall, near the middle of the case. Resting it against the internal boss should
ensure that it is clear of CON3 if fitted. LED1 is the other component that
might conflict, but that should not be
a problem if you use the same size
cell we did.
The main PCB is now placed on top
of the case. Check that there aren’t any
internal collisions with the battery. If
all is well, secure the lid with the two
screws included with the case hardware. They will sit slightly above the
surface of the PCB.
Don’t screw them down too firmly;
the thin PCB is flexible and will be
somewhat susceptible to cracking if
stressed.
Setup and usage
Screens 1-4: there are four main operating screens and nine configuration
screens. These operating screens are described in detail in the text.
Screen 5: the brightness of the
OLED screen can be adjusted here;
the default value of 130 is near the
midpoint of the adjustment range.
Higher values will flatten the battery
faster.
Screen 6: the displayed energy units
on the main page can be set to either
Joules (J) or Watt-hours (Wh). This
can be changed at any time without
affecting readings.
Screen 7: the TRIM factor on this
screen sets the multiplier for voltage
readings. Use a multimeter to
compare the measured value against
the displayed value.
Screen 8: the current ranges are
trimmed in similar fashion to Screen
7. For the high current range, apply
and measure a load of at least 1A to
ensure accuracy across the range.
82
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
When the screen is blank, pressing any of the buttons should end the
sleep mode. The unit returns to Screen
1 when this happens. A brief press of
S3 (>) will cycle between the operating
screens (Screens 1-4). A long press of
S3 will enter the settings and configuration screens; there are nine of these,
shown in Screens 5-13. You can exit
the settings screens by another long
press on S3.
The main screen (Screen 1) shows
the measured voltage, current and
power as well as accumulated energy.
Below the current is a timer that can
run up to 99 hours. On this screen, the
up and down buttons control the timer
and energy counter.
The state shown here has the timer
stopped; the time display will alternate with ∧ START. Pressing ∧ will
start the timer and the energy counter
siliconchip.com.au
will integrate the power value. You can
always calculate an average power by
dividing the energy by the time.
Pressing ∨ will pause the timer (and
energy counter) if it is running. Pressing it while paused will reset both values. The current display will show
units of mA (to two decimal places)
if the low current range is being used.
The display will be in A (to three decimal places) when the higher range
is in use.
The arrow on the first line shows
the direction of current flow (source
to sink). Right to left corresponds to a
positive value of power and energy.
Since the power will always be the
same sign as the current, this should
be unambiguous.
There is also a timeout that is only
active on this screen. It is reset any
time the Vbus voltage is above 1V, if the
timer is running or any time a button is
pressed. If the timer is counting down,
it is displayed in small text (along with
the low Vbus voltage) in the top left corner. The timer can be deactivated (as
is the default), and we’ll discuss this
in the configuration section.
Sleep and battery
The next screen allows the battery
voltage to be checked by pressing the
∧ button. This actually measures the
voltage supplied to the micro and adds
an adjustment for the diode, REG1 and
10W resistor. So it will only be accurate
when there is nothing powering CON5.
This is on its own screen because it
requires the boost regulator to be shut
down and should not be done while
the timer is running. It won’t cause
any damage, but the readings will be
inaccurate since the 4.096V reference
will not be at specification. The reading should be treated like a typical
Li-ion battery voltage; 4.2V is close to
fully charged and 3.6V or lower is flat.
Pressing the ∨ button on this screen
will put the Monitor into low-power
sleep mode. All timers and peripherals are shut down, as are REG1, MOD1,
IC2 and IC3. If the timer from the main
screen was running, it will be paused.
The screen will show a SLEEPING
message and then shut down. Pressing any of the buttons will wake it up.
Any time the Monitor is not being
used, it should be put into sleep mode
to avoid flattening the battery. The
timeout on the main screen has the
same effect and will show the same
SLEEPING message.
siliconchip.com.au
CC states
The CC (configuration channel)
lines are one of the new features that
were introduced with USB-C. As
we’ve noted in other articles, they
have tripped up many engineers. So
we thought that this screen (Screen 3)
might help to shed some light on this
feature. The Vbus voltage is also displayed at lower right.
This screen depends on the connected devices complying with the
standards, so if you see nonsensical
readings, maybe there is a problem
with whatever is connected to CON1
and CON2. It’s also possible that the
220W resistors in the Monitor are interfering with its operation, although they
generally shouldn’t.
The second line shows which of the
two (CC1 and CC2) lines is used for
CC signalling on the connected USB-C
source; this corresponds to either the
upper (A5) or lower (B5) connections
on CON1 or CON2. This can help with
troubleshooting cable orientation.
A sink device must be connected to
provide the pulldown on the CC lines
before the source current can be read.
If the text ∧ START is shown on the
last line, the Monitor can provide that
sink by pulling its internal 5.1kW resistors low. The ∧ button must be held
down to apply the internal 5.1kW load
and no other sink should be connected;
this is the reason for the SOURCE
ONLY warning.
When a sink is provided, the second and third lines provide information about the source capabilities and
status. You should see either → or
← pointing from source to sink, and
some text describing the status. The
direction is derived from the current
through the 220W resistors.
The status is derived from the voltage on the active CC line and the Vbus
voltage. For example, a Vbus voltage
over 5.5V is interpreted as a USB-PD
voltage being negotiated; this is displayed with the text USB-PD.
A LEGACY source is one that
applies Vbus without a sink being
connected. This implies a USB-A to
USB-C cable or adaptor has been used
on the source side. You might also see
SOURCE LOW if the Monitor determines the source should be supplying
5V but is not.
We have found that some devices
don’t respond instantly to changes in
the configuration channel. Some of the
timeouts in the USB-C specification
Australia's electronics magazine
Screen 9: the low-current range works
up to about 25mA, so a 220W resistor
across 5V will provide an appropriate
load for trimming on this page.
Screen 10: the current offsets can be
automatically trimmed by the page
shown in Screen 4, but the value is
shown here for completeness.
Screen 11: you can also manually trim
the current offsets by adjusting the
parameter until the displayed current
reads zero, as shown here.
Screen 12: by default, the display
timeout is disabled, but it can be
switched on by adjusting the value
upwards. The timeout only applies on
the main screen if the Monitor is idle.
Screen 13: the configuration is held in
RAM, which will be lost if the battery
runs flat. So we recommend you
perform a SAVE after doing the initial
calibration.
allow over a second for some responses
to occur, so this is to be expected.
Offset trim
Screen 4 shows a page used to trim
the offset in the current-measuring
channels. The offset changes with
Vbus voltage, so it is best to have the
expected voltage present when doing
this. The default (zero) trim values
are fairly accurate at 5V, since this
is near the supply voltage of IC2 and
IC3 involved in current measurement.
When the ∨ button is pressed, the
Monitor takes an average over 256
readings of the high and low current
ranges. It then applies this as the offset to the raw ADC value, as shown at
the bottom of the screen.
As the text explains, the current
September 2025 83
Left: this Adafruit 4396 USB-C socket
breakout board is fitted with two 5.1kW
resistors and a header. It will be handy during
Monitor calibration and could also be useful if
you need a 5V supply with a current readout.
Right: a typical USB-PD trigger board has
a USB-C socket, a USB-PD interface IC and
an output connector. This example sets the
requested PD voltage by solder jumpers; some
can be controlled digitally, with an I2C serial
interface or similar.
should be zero for this to work correctly. If there is an idle or quiescent
current that you wish to cancel out,
this should be applied, and it can be
trimmed out, too. An example of this
is the load due to the Vbus sensing
divider.
Configuration
Screens 5-13 are configuration
screens. Most of these screens are
fairly straightforward, and there are
brief descriptions of each in the captions. The three TRIM screens adjust
the multiplier used in calculating the
Vbus voltage and high and low current
ranges. The offset trim described above
should be done before completing this
step using the same Vbus voltage.
You’ll need a multimeter or similar so that you can read a value to
trim against. The parameter shown
in the second line should be adjusted
until the measured value (volts or
amps) matches the displayed value.
For the current ranges, you might see
INVALID displayed if the Monitor
thinks the analog voltage is near its
limit or saturating; this is most likely
on the low current range.
The OFFSET pages are the
same parameters as described
in the Offset trim section, and
there is little need to manually
adjust these. They are simply provided
for completeness.
The Monitor will use the live settings at all times, although Screen 13
shows a page to save the settings to
EEPROM. Since the Monitor has the
battery permanently connected, there
is little chance of the Monitor forgetting its settings in RAM. But if the battery were to run flat, it would do so.
So we recommend you save the settings to EEPROM using the ∧ button
once the Monitor is set up. If you ever
have a problem with the settings being
corrupted, the ∨ button will restore
to active settings from the defaults in
flash memory. You can then save these
to EEPROM with the ∧ button to complete the RESTORE.
Accessories
During testing, we used various
cables, adaptors and breakout boards
to test and probe the operation of the
Monitor. You’ll need a standard USB-C
plug-plug cable to use the Monitor,
just as you would need such a cable
to operate the device you are testing.
A small breakout board like Adafruit’s 4396 USB Type C Socket
Features & Specifications
● Main screen reports current, voltage, power, energy (in J or Wh) & time
● Configuration channel (CC) status screen
● All 24 USB data lines pass through
● Self-contained with 400mAh rechargeable lithium battery
● Internal battery means no extra load on the USB circuit under test
● Compact case is only 80 × 40mm
● Automatic offset trimming
● Voltage measurements: up to 60V with 10mV resolution
● Current measurements: up to ±5A with 1mA resolution; 10μA resolution below
~25mA
● Power: up to 300W with 1mW resolution (limited by V and I)
● Energy: up to 999999J (1mJ resolution) or up to 999Wh (10μWh resolution)
● Battery consumption: <20mA, giving 20 hours of usage per charge
● Sleep mode: <10μA drawn from battery, less than typical self-discharge
84
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
breakout (shown in the left-hand
photo) could be handy for calibration. Any similar breakout board that
exposes Vbus, GND and the CC lines
of a USB-C socket should also work.
We wired up the two CC lines to
allow the breakout to behave as a sink;
there is a 5.1kW resistor from pin A5
to ground and another 5.1kW resistor
from B5 to ground. A three-way header
socket with the middle pin removed
has the right pitch to connect to ground
and Vbus. The photos at upper left
show this gadget from both sides.
This can be used for calibration, as
we mentioned earlier, or to turn the
Monitor into a current and voltage display for a simple 5V power supply. If
you need access to higher voltages, a
USB-PD trigger board (as seen in the
photo above) might be an alternative.
Conclusion
The USB-C Power Monitor is a necessarily more complex design than
its predecessor from 2012. It allows
monitoring of the higher currents and
voltages that USB-C allows. It can also
provide information about newer features specific to USB-C.
After it is set up, operation is
straightforward. Typically, you would
connect your device to its host or
power supply using a standard USB-C
plug-plug cable. The Monitor is fitted
inline with the device to be checked.
USB-C’s reversible plug and socket
mean that you have some flexibility
in how it is connected.
Once you have adjusted the trim
offsets to your liking, you can monitor
the current, voltage & power. Starting
the timer will allow you to check total
energy consumption over a period and
thus also average power consumption.
The CC Connection State page
(Screen 3) allows you to check the
behaviour of USB-C’s configuration
channel. Make sure to put the unit
into low-power sleep when you are
finished so that the battery does not
SC
run flat.
siliconchip.com.au
SILICON
CHIP
.com.au/shop
ONLINESHOP
HOW TO ORDER
INTERNET (24/7)
PAYPAL (24/7)
eMAIL (24/7)
MAIL (24/7)
PHONE – (9-5:00 AET, Mon-Fri)
siliconchip.com.au/Shop
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
PO Box 194, MATRAVILLE, NSW 2036
(02) 9939 3295, +612 for international
You can also pay by cheque/money order (Orders by mail only) or bank transfer. Make cheques payable to Silicon Chip.
09/25
YES! You can also order or renew your Silicon Chip subscription via any of these methods as well!
The best benefit, apart from the magazine? Subscribers get a 10% discount on all orders for parts.
PRE-PROGRAMMED MICROS
For a complete list, go to siliconchip.com.au/Shop/9
$10 MICROS
$15 MICROS
ATmega328P
ATtiny45-20PU
PIC10LF322-I/OT
PIC12F617-I/P
110dB RF Attenuator (Jul22), Basic RF Signal Generator (Jun23)
2m VHF CW/FM Test Generator (Oct23)
Range Extender IR-to-UHF (Jan22)
Active Mains Soft Starter (Feb23), Model Railway Uncoupler (Jul23)
Battery-Powered Model Railway Transmitter (Jan25)
PIC12F675-I/P
Train Chuff Sound Generator (Oct22)
PIC12F675-I/SN
Tiny LED Xmas Tree (Nov19)
PIC16F1455-I/P
Railway Points Controller Transmitter / Receiver (2 versions; Feb24)
Battery-Powered Model Railway TH Receiver (Jan25)
PIC16F1455-I/SL Battery Multi Logger (Feb21), USB-C Serial Adaptor (Jun24)
Battery-Powered Model Railway SMD Receiver (Jan25)
USB Programmable Frequency Divider (Feb25)
PIC16LF1455-I/P New GPS-Synchronised Analog Clock (Sep22)
PIC16F1459-I/P
K-Type Thermostat (Nov23), Secure Remote Switch (RX, Dec23)
Mains Power-Up Sequencer (Feb24 | repurposed firmware Jul24)
8CH Learning IR Remote (Oct24), Heat Transfer Controller (Aug25)
PIC16F1459-I/SO Multimeter Calibrator (Jul22), Buck/Boost Charger Adaptor (Oct22)
PIC16F15214-I/SN Silicon Chirp Cricket (Apr23), Mic The Mouse (Aug25)
PIC16F15214-I/P Filament Dryer (Oct24), Tool Safety Timer (May25)
PIC16F15224-I/SL Multi-Channel Volume Control (OLED Module; Dec23)
NFC IR Keyfob Transmitter (Feb25), Rotating Light (Apr25)
PIC16F18146-I/SO Compact OLED Clock & Timer (Sep24), Flexidice (Nov24)
Versatile Battery Checker (May25), RGB LED ‘Analog’ Clock (May25)
USB-C Power Monitor (Aug25)
PIC16LF15323-I/SL Remote Mains Switch (TX, Jul22), Secure Remote Switch (TX, Dec23)
STM32G030K6T6 Variable Speed Drive Mk2 (Nov24)
W27C020
Noughts & Crosses Computer (Jan23)
ATSAML10E16A-AUT
PIC16F1847-I/P
PIC16F18877-I/PT
High-Current Battery Balancer (Mar21)
Digital Capacitance Meter (Jan25)
Dual-Channel Breadboard PSU Display Adaptor (Dec22)
Wideband Fuel Mixture Display (WFMD; Apr23)
PIC16F88-I/P
Battery Charge Controller (Jun22), Railway Semaphore (Apr22)
PIC24FJ256GA702-I/SS
Ohmmeter (Aug22), Advanced SMD Test Tweezers (Feb23)
ESR Test Tweezers (Jun24)
PIC32MX170F256D-501P/T 44-pin Micromite Mk2 (Aug14), 4DoF Simulation Seat (Sep19)
PIC32MX170F256B-50I/SP Micromite LCD BackPack V1-V3 (Feb16 / May17 / Aug19)
Advanced GPS Computer (Jun21), Touchscreen Digital Preamp (Sep21)
PIC32MX170F256B-I/SO
Battery Multi Logger (Feb21), Battery Manager BackPack (Aug21)
PIC32MX270F256B-50I/SP ASCII Video Terminal (Jul14), USB M&K Adaptor (Feb19)
STM32L031F6P6
SmartProbe (Jul25)
$20 MICROS
ATmega32U4
ATmega644PA-AU
PIC32MK0128MCA048
Wii Nunchuk RGB Light Driver (Mar24)
AM-FM DDS Signal Generator (May22)
Power LCR Meter (Mar25)
$25 MICROS
PIC32MX170F256B-50I/SO + PIC16F1455-I/SL
Micromite Explore-40 (SC5157, Oct24)
PIC32MX470F512H-120/PT Micromite Explore 64 (Aug 16), Micromite Plus (Nov16)
PIC32MX470F512L-120/PT Micromite Explore 100 (Sep16)
$30 MICROS
PIC32MX695F512H-80I/PT Touchscreen Audio Recorder (Jun14)
PIC32MZ2048EFH064-I/PT DSP Crossover/Equaliser (May19), Low-Distortion DDS (Feb20)
DIY Reflow Oven Controller (Apr20), Dual Hybrid Supply (Feb22)
KITS, SPECIALISED COMPONENTS ETC
PICKIT BASIC POWER BREAKOUT KIT (SC7512)
(SEP 25)
USB-C POWER MONITOR KIT (SC7489)
(AUG 25)
MIC THE MOUSE KIT (SC7508)
(AUG 25)
RP2350B DEVELOPMENT BOARD
(AUG 25)
433MHz RECEIVER KIT (SC7447)
(JUN 25)
VERSATILE BATTERY CHECKER KIT (SC7465)
(MAY 25)
RGB LED ‘ANALOG’ CLOCK KIT (SC7416)
(MAY 25)
USB POWER ADAPTOR COMPLETE KIT (SC7433)
(MAY 25)
Includes all parts except the jumper wire and glue (see p39, Sep25)
Includes all non-optional parts except the case, cell & glue (see p39, Aug25)
Includes all parts except a CR2032 cell (see p64, Aug25)
Assembled Board: a pre-assembled PCB with all mandatory parts fitted,
optional components are sold separately below (SC7514; see p49, Aug25)
- 40-pin header (two are required, SC3189)
- 8MiB APS6404L-3SQR-SN PSRAM SOIC-8 IC (SC7530)
Includes the PCB and all onboard parts (see p66, Jun25)
Includes everything in the parts list (including the case), except the optional
components, batteries and glue (see p30, May25)
$20.00
$60.00
$37.50
$20.00
$65.00
Includes everything in the parts list and a choice of one USB socket: USB-C power only;
USB-C power+data; Type-B mini; or Type-B micro (see p80, May25)
$10.00
(APR 25)
Includes an assembled PCB, separate Raspberry Pi Pico 2 and front/rear panels $120.00
ROTATING LIGHT FOR MODELS KIT
(APR 25)
Complete kit which includes the PCB and all onboard components (see p60, Apr25):
- SMD LEDs (SC7462)
$20.00
- Through-hole LEDs (SC7463)
$20.00
433MHz TRANSMITTER KIT (SC7430)
Includes the PCB and all onboard parts (see p75, Apr25)
(APR 25)
PICO 2 AUDIO ANALYSER SHORT-FORM KIT (SC6772)
(MAR 25)
USB PROGRAMMABLE FREQUENCY DIVIDER (SC6959)
(FEB 25)
NFC PROGRAMMABLE IR KEYFOB (SC7421)
(FEB 25)
COMPACT HIFI HEADPHONE AMP (SC6885)
(DEC 24)
PICO COMPUTER
(DEC 24)
FLEXIDICE COMPLETE KIT (SC7361)
(NOV 24)
MICROMITE EXPLORE-40 KIT (SC6991)
(OCT 24)
DUAL-RAIL LOAD PROTECTOR (SC7366)
(OCT 24)
PicoMSA PARTS (SC7323)
(SEP 24)
The Pico Audio Analyser kit from Nov23, but with an unprogrammed Pico 2
Complete kit: includes all components (see p85, Feb25)
Complete kit: includes all required items, except the cell (see p67, Feb25)
$50.00
$60.00
$25.00
Complete kit: includes everything except the power supply (see p47, Dec24)
$70.00
$30.00
CAPACITOR
DISCHARGER
KIT
(SC7404)
(DEC 24)
$1.00ea
Includes the PCB and all components that mount on it, the mounting hardware
$5.00
(without heatsink) and banana sockets (see p36, Dec24)
$30.00
Includes all the parts except the power supply. When buying the kit select either a BZ-121
GPS module or Pico W (unprogrammed) for the time source (see p66, May25)
$65.00
PICO/2/COMPUTER (SC7468)
siliconchip.com.au/Shop/
$20.00
For full functionality both the Pico Computer Board and Digital Video Terminal kits are
required. Items shown unbolded are optional (see p71, Dec24)
- Pico Computer Board kit (SC7374)
$40.00
- Pico Digital Video Terminal kit (SC6917)
$65.00
- PWM Audio Module kit (SC7376)
$10.00
- ESP-PSRAM64H 64Mb SPI PSRAM chip (SC7377)
$5.00
- DS3231 real-time clock SOIC-16 IC (SC5103)
$7.50
- DS3231MZ real-time clock SOIC-8 IC (SC5779)
$10.00
Includes all required parts except the coin cell (see p71, Nov24)
Includes all required parts (see p83, Oct24)
Hard-to-get parts: includes the PCB and all semiconductors except the
optional/variable diodes (see p73, Oct24)
Hard-to-get parts: includes the PCB, Raspberry Pi Pico (unprogrammed),
plus all semiconductors, capacitors and resistors (see p63, Sep24)
*Prices valid for month of magazine issue only. All prices in Australian dollars and include GST where applicable. # Overseas? Place an order on our website for a quote.
$30.00
$35.00
$35.00
$50.00
SERVICEMAN’S LOG
Salvaging a soggy ceiling circuit
Dave Thompson
Why is it that when a pipe leaks,
it’s always in the most inaccessible
location, and the water always
ends up where you don’t want it?
It must be one of the variations of
Sod’s Law.
A weird thing happened a while back on the way to work.
All of a sudden, I was sitting in Airlie Beach, which, as all
you boffins know, is in Queensland, in the stunning country
of Australia. I’d had surgery on my legs a few weeks before
that, and the recovery time they mentioned was only valid
when wearing very rose-tinted glasses.
So I was sitting a lot, but told to walk. We did a lot of sitting, watching thousands of tourists a day head out on huge
boats to the Whitsundays and, of course, the south end of
the Great Barrier Reef. However, I also hobbled around the
town to sample the local fare (which is very good) and the
local wines, which are also excellent. Then we took a trip
to a pontoon hotel floating on the reef itself.
So it was idyllic, and the first holiday we went on that
didn’t involve pandering or catering to our families in
Europe and Western Australia. Our time, as Agent Smith
says in The Matrix.
This was all very well until the neighbour back home,
who had kindly looked after our place and our pets, messaged to say he had found water pooled on the floor of
our downstairs bathroom. He’d found a bucket and put
it down; as we were going to be back in a few days anyway, there was no panic. It was all in hand, or at least
in bucket.
I got home to find that the water was dripping, slowly
but surely, through the bathroom light fitting. This is a
combination heater, extractor and LED light (the motor
runs both ways depending on the four-way switch on the
wall). Now, given that this is electrical – a mains-powered
unit – and water was pooling in it before dripping through
the grille into the container, I was quite worried about
switching it on!
Items Covered This Month
• A soggy ceiling circuit
• Calibrating a Silicon Chip Differential Probe
• Repairing an LG air conditioner
Dave Thompson runs PC Anytime in Christchurch, NZ.
Website: www.pcanytime.co.nz
Email: dave<at>pcanytime.co.nz
Cartoonist – Louis Decrevel
Website: loueee.com
86
Silicon Chip
Fortunately, we have an upstairs bathroom as well, so
we could use that. Unfortunately, the water was coming
from somewhere up there. While it was clean water, which
gave a clue as to which pipes to look at, it was still coming
from somewhere that it shouldn’t.
So, the only thing for it was to get my old gammy legs
into the roof space and see if I could locate the source of
the leak, all without electrocuting myself or falling through
the ceiling (which might not take a lot of weight if it was
soaked!).
A job for the young and limber
Luckily, the guys who added the top storey to this house
in the 90s included several access doors. These are almost
hobbit-sized small cupboard doors; so not overly easy for
an old man to clamber through, but located in the main
areas upstairs to access the crawl space that surrounds the
upstairs rooms.
They do come in very handy for running network cables
and the like. Of course, one must be very careful not to step
on anything but a roof joist, or one would find themselves
sitting on the downstairs floor, confused and covered in
Gyprock fragments!
‘Luckily’, the extractor fan was exactly halfway between
one access cover and another, so I would have to put on my
gloves, knee pads and headband LED lamp, along with a 3M
particulate mask, to navigate there. The space up there is
dusty, to say the least. It is also inhabited by spiders and the
odd mouse. Come spring, birds find their way in and roost,
as well as make baby birds, so it’s a menagerie up there.
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
As I said, the top level was added a while back, and they
did a real bodge job moving the hot water cylinder up there.
There was nonstandard plumbing and wiring all over the
shop. I redid the wiring when I renovated this place before
moving in, under the supervision of a sparky who had damaged his leg and couldn’t move very well (perhaps it was
just so he could sit and drink tea on our dollar!)
We also installed a new Earth rod as we changed all
the underfloor, rusted steel pipes for modern butylene,
which meant new Earth connections for everything that
needed them, as this plastic doesn’t really conduct electricity that well.
Fortunately, they had put plastic piping in the roof
space, but much of it was non-standard. Since we didn’t
have to touch much up there back then, we concentrated
on renovating the ground floor. This meant that those
old pipes, which criss-cross the space, and were routed
wherever they could fit them for the upstairs bathroom,
are 30+ years old.
I made my way through the dust and the spiderwebs
until I got to where the extractor unit sat. Sure enough,
it was full of pooled water. The drips were coming from
a small hole in the housing, likely an unused screw hole,
and slowly making their way down to the floor downstairs.
There were several pipes in the vicinity, but none quite
near the fan, so I lifted some insulation (gloves essential)
and tracked a damp timber beam back until I found a fitting almost inside the wall of the upstairs bathroom. Reaching up the pipe, I found the fitting was wet, and my glove
came away damp. It was dry above that, so this must be
the source.
The water was tracking down the pipe, dripping onto the
joist and making its way to the lowest point, right into the
extractor. The problem was that now I had to back out, go
all the way downstairs and find the breaker for this unit, as
it would likely have to come out to be dried and cleaned.
That meant disabling the power, then getting up the ladder to take it out and clean it.
Luckily, when I rewired this place, I made a map of all
the breakers and circuits. Years of dust being drawn into it
for the heating function and blown out of it in the extractor
mode had left it looking almost flocked in a thick layer of
dirt, which was now wet sludge in most places.
The first thing I did was call a plumber, because plumbing work is above my pay grade and things could go seriously awry if I were let loose on it. He agreed to come that
night, after his usual work, to have a look.
Editor’s note: residents of New Zealand can legally do
some of their own electrical work, including fixed mains
wiring, with some provisos (eg, the work must be done to
NZ standards). That includes disconnecting and reconnecting existing appliances. This is not permitted anywhere in Australia, where such jobs must be performed by
a licensed electrician.
And similar to NSW, you can only perform basic plumbing work by yourself in NZ. Anything more complex (eg,
installing or replacing mains pipes) requires a licensed
plumber.
popped off with a knife blade, and I set them aside so I
could refit them later, right at the end of the job.
A few weak clips held the bottom ‘half’ of the unit on,
and it came off easily. Half of that is a heater-style grille, and
the other half is a large LED light; a flat, rectangular panel
type. That had to be unplugged from the main body, but
the plug is a standard barrel type, and it unplugged easily.
I set that aside and looked inside the fan. I could see four
‘superscrew’ type fasteners had been used, two per side
in each corner, to fix the main body of the extractor to the
ceiling joists. The problem with this is that I was going to
need three arms to get it down, and standing on a ladder
makes it even trickier.
I used a drill with a long-form Robinson bit in it to spin
out the first three screws. I then held it up with my head
and used the other hand to remove the last one. The assembly fell clear, dangling on the power cables.
Before I went anywhere near them, I checked with my
trusty mains detector pen to make sure I had switched off
the right breaker. The light and fan no longer worked from
the switch, but I don’t like to just assume there’s nothing
still there that could kill me, especially as water poured
everywhere when the unit dropped down. We all know that
electricity and water are not good bedfellows!
It all seemed good, so after taking a photo of it, I used
my equally trusty electrician’s screwdriver to undo the
terminal screws and free the wires. With the unit out, and
now a large hole in the roof, I stuck a bath towel in the gap
to stop any drafts and soak up any more water that might
still be coming out.
I set about trying to clean this thing up. The water had
discoloured the plastic because it had run over treated timbers on its way down, leaving an almost tobacco-coloured
brown stain on the plastic. I tried isopropyl alcohol and
methylated spirits, but it looks pretty much permanent. It
did clean some up, but not all.
The unit’s chassis was mostly pressed or cast metal, so
that was relatively easy to clean with damp rags and a bristle
Meeting one of my fans
Pulling the decorative bezel from the extractor unit body
was relatively simple, after I had figured out that the screws
were concealed under small plastic covers. The covers
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
September 2025 87
Servicing Stories Wanted
Do you have any good servicing stories that you would like
to share in The Serviceman column in SILICON CHIP? If so,
why not send those stories in to us? It doesn’t matter what
the story is about as long as it’s in some way related to the
electronics or electrical industries, to computers or even to
cars and similar.
We pay for all contributions published but please note that
your material must be original. Send your contribution by
email to: editor<at>siliconchip.com.au
Please be sure to include your full name and address details.
brush. Once as dry as I could get it, I left it – I’d blow out
the fan with the air compressor tomorrow, and any other
dust that might be left in the nooks and crannies.
While I was there, I would also lubricate the motor bushes
and check that everything else was in good shape. The fan
motor does a lot of work, and sometimes it runs much of
the day, in both directions. It’s actually quite a high-quality
unit; I was impressed with the build quality.
Mind you, from memory, even eight years ago it wasn’t
a cheap appliance, even though it came from one of the
big hardware chain stores. It has been a very faithful unit,
although we don’t use the built-in fan heater much, because
that thing eats power like Homer Simpson at an all-youcan-eat seafood restaurant!
A prompt tradie
As promised, the plumber turned up on time (a miracle
in itself!) and I pointed out the problem. While we could
just see the pipe from the hole in the bathroom roof, there
was no way to access it from there. I showed him where
the access hatch was, and with the grace and flexibility
mostly only young people have, he grabbed his headlight
and ventured in.
He made his way around behind the walls, and I
went down and stood at the bottom bathroom gap as he
explained that whoever had set this up originally had
used a bad industry practice of putting two different plastic pipes together in an inline join. He said it was leaking from there. It was the clean water feed to the upstairs
toilet and vanity.
As is typical, the joint was buried behind some roof
beams, and while he could see it from there, he couldn’t
access it. So back he came, and while I went and turned
off the water mains, and some outside taps on to drain as
much as possible out of the pipes, he rummaged through
the copious boxes of spare parts in his van and
found a brass fitting specially designed for
this type of job.
88
Silicon Chip
Unfortunately, the toilet had to come out to get proper
access. This meant undoing the screws and cutting the
caulk away, but then it just slid out, and five minutes later,
he redid the join (with a lot of water on the floor). Soon
after, it was back in, and I would caulk it in a few days if
no more water came out.
So, it was a cheap and relatively easy fix, and he looked
after us payment-wise (another miracle for a plumber!).
Now, all I had to do was put the extractor unit back in,
and once again, I’d need three hands to do it; two to hold
the unit, and one to reconnect the wires to the terminal
blocks. The obvious problem is that I’m not an octopus, so
I had to just hold the unit in the gap with one hand, line
up the mounting holes and use my driver to reinsert the
superscrews in the same holes they came out of.
Rewiring it all over again
Of course, the wiring was just sitting up there disconnected. I would simply have to get all my gear on and venture back into the cave to re-terminate everything.
First, I replaced the now-stained plastic bezel and used
the four PK-style screws to fix it to the chassis. The screw
covers popped back on without any hassles. It all looked
pretty neat there, but now it was time to break out the
hazmat gear and get back into the roof space.
Fortunately, I had taken that photo before removing all
the cables, as it was quite a complex setup, from the switch
end to the unit itself. I took my phone up there with me and
squeezed into the area. It wasn’t easy to get to, but possible,
and with a bit of fettling, I managed to get the screwdriver
in and attach the wiring to the terminals.
After using some cable ties to anchor it all, I made my
way back out and downstairs to reset the breaker. I went to
the bathroom and tried the fan-only switch. The fan fired
up and sounded good; the lubricant had done its job. I tried
the light, and it lit up nicely. I noticed when I turned it off,
though, that it seemed to linger and fade out over a second
or two. Usually, it is instantly dark.
So that was odd. I then tried the first heater setting,
1200W. I have to turn the extractor off first; otherwise,
this switch reverses the fan motor, and just dumping it in
reverse is no better for it than it would be for a car transmission. With the fan switch back on, sure enough, warm
air blew into the bathroom. I switched on the second heater
switch (2400W) and the breaker tripped instantly. That
was new, too.
I switched it all off, reset the breaker and tried again with
the same result. Maybe I’d damaged something cleaning
it, or the water had gotten into it somewhere. Either way,
it didn’t bode well.
I got all kitted up again and went back into the roof. I
should install a walkway for all this traffic! I just wanted
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
to check I hadn’t been a dolt and wired something wrong
– easy enough to do in cramped quarters with a mask and
gloves on. It looked OK, but I redid it anyway. At least the
pipe fitting was now dry, although it would take a few days
for the damp up there to dry out.
That was all I could do, so I once again made the
knee-shattering journey back out. I really am getting too
old for this, especially after my recent leg surgery.
I went down and tried it again. Same result. So, during
the coldest parts of winter, we could only use the low setting, by the looks of things. I was sure I’d rewired it the
same as it had come out. Off came the bezel again, and
everything looked OK there too. All I could do was consider buying another one.
However, after a few days, I thought I’d try the second
heat setting again, and this time, the breaker didn’t trip.
Perhaps some water had encroached, and now it was dried
out. I’ll take the win, but I’ll be keeping an eye on it!
High-Bandwidth Differential Probe repair
The High-Bandwidth Differential Probe published in
the February 2025 issue (siliconchip.au/Article/17721)
looked like a very useful addition to my toolkit, so I set
about ordering the components, being very careful to procure the correct 0.1% tolerance parts.
It made good sense to build three units to facilitate measurements on multi-phase applications.
All up, I had to go to four different suppliers to get all
the parts. After a few weeks, everything was in hand, and I
proceeded with the construction as outlined in the article.
A good friend was kind enough to solder REG5 (the
SMPS chip) in his reflow oven, but it was still a challenging task. I used my hot air workstation for the remaining
components.
As per the instructions, I successfully tested the power
siliconchip.com.au
supply before proceeding to install the remaining SMD
components.
I arrived at the point where the instructions say to apply
the conformal coating. While I was questioning if I should
really coat the components without first testing the circuit, I decided to go with the instructions and apply the
coating. Before doing so, I used a masking paste to cover
the remaining through-hole parts so that they didn’t get
lacquered.
Many years ago, I purchased a can of Circuit Board Lacquer NA-1002, which had a sufficient quantity left in it. I
applied three coats of this lacquer and let it set for 24 hours
before installing the remaining components.
Now for the fun part – calibration.
Step 1 was easy; adjust VR2 to read <10mV.
Step 2 (the CMRR adjustment) was asking to adjust for a
reading under ±20μV. Using a bench meter with the required
resolution, I was very surprised to see the voltage measurement fluctuating in the mV range, some magnitudes above
my target. The power supply I was using to feed 64V DC
into the measuring inputs was a lab-grade Rigol unit with
excellent specs, and it checked out OK.
My oscilloscope showed this ‘noise’ to be at 50Hz, and
it was equally present on all three PCBs.
To allow me to progress to the next step, I decided to use
the graph display of the bench meter and to get the fluctuating voltage around the 0V line; the screenshot below
shows the changing measurement as I adjusted VR1.
I knew I had to come back and find the problem, but
at least I could move onto the final calibration of offset
voltage trim and frequency compensation, both of which
worked as advertised.
Now onto testing all three units in full operation. Using
a variac connected to an isolation transformer, I was able
to adjust the voltage being fed into the probes.
That’s where I discovered the three probes provided different readings, and none of them were correct when compared to my R&S ScopeRider measurement! The difference
between the probes was over 20V looking at a peak-to-peak
measurement with an oscilloscope.
I went through my components purchase details to double check that I had ordered 0.1% resistors and I couldn’t
find any obvious errors. The difference I was seeing was
just not possible with those components.
I had to put this project aside for a few days, as it was
driving me crazy. Nothing seemed to make sense. After
a few days of thinking about this, I decided to tackle this
Adjusting VR1 let me change the DC offset but a significant
AC noise voltage was superimposed on the output signal.
Australia's electronics magazine
September 2025 89
project again and to take some more measurements to
discover the source of the difference between the three
probe boards.
The challenge was the circuit board lacquer all over the
critical resistors. I shouldn’t have lacquered the board until
after circuit testing, and with the variac in place, I could
keep the voltage low enough so the lack of coating wouldn’t
cause any issues. Hindsight is a great thing!
So I scratched off the coating around all components
of the input circuit voltage divider. I did this on all three
boards – it really tested my patience!
However, the result of the hard work was well worth
the effort. After recalibration, I compared the measurements with all three boards, and they were practically
the same. So it appears that removing the coating fixed
the problem.
The only conclusion I can draw is that the conformal
coating provided a high-resistance path in parallel to the
1MW resistors and therefore affected the voltage divider
ratios. Due to the variation in thickness and uneven application, the resistance provided by the coating was different between the boards, hence producing different readings on each board.
I have now ordered a different conformal coating spray,
one where the data sheet states “Surface Insulation Resistance 1 × 1015W”, I couldn’t find any “Surface Insulation
Resistance” rating for the NA-1002 spray (now consigned
to the recycling bin).
The CMRR calibration problem remained unresolved, but
without the conformal coating, it became easier to take measurements. The measurements still indicated a fluctuating
voltage of ±2mV where I need to adjust to within ±20μV.
I disconnected the 64V DC supply from the measuring
inputs, but the fluctuation remained. Even after I switched
off the probe using S1, the fluctuation was there. This was
a clear indication that I was measuring an external interference signal which was being induced in the components on board.
Since the measuring point for CMRR calibration is across
the ~20kW part of the divider, I took a 22kW resistor and
connected it to the input of the bench meter. You guessed
it, I still saw ±2mV, obviously from the workbench environment where I was performing my calibration!
To convince myself that my assumption was correct, I
removed power from everything except the bench meter
and the fluctuation was reduced to <2μV with the 22kW
resistor. Upon restarting everything, the measurement
returned to ±2mV.
I am an Amateur Radio operator and my workbench is
my radio shack, so there are lots of mains cables and many
devices located in very close proximity to my workbench
top. In fact, when the measuring leads with the resistor
accidentally dropped onto the floor, the ±2mV fluctuation
disappeared, so it’s just the top of my workbench, which
is exposed to a 50Hz field.
It looks like the solution is to perform the CMRR calibration under the workbench instead of on top of it!
Erwin B., Wodonga, Vic.
LG aircon repair
My wife informed me that the kitchen air conditioner
would not work. This is a small window-mounting unit I
installed around 2000; it has never been touched except
for cleaning the air inlet screen. It’s the type that has a very
simple control system with no electronics; a ‘vintage aircon’, if you like!
It has a temperature knob and a power switch with a
couple of modes of operation, fan or cool. With those, you
get two speeds of running and that’s it, simple. No remote
control or fancy computer stuff.
I switched it on to test it. It made a humming noise only;
neither the fan nor the compressor operated. Should I bin it
and buy a new one at about $600, or try to work out what’s
wrong and fix it? That’s a no-brainer! I always try to fix
things even if they’re past their ‘use-by date’.
I found a postage-stamp sized circuit diagram on the
frame under the front plastic cover. That confirmed
there are not many electrical parts to go wrong! I then
pulled the main cover off the unit, which took some time
because a lot of the screws were rusted solid; some had
to be cut out.
Once inside, I traced out the wiring by colours and took
The 1.5μF + 25μF 400V AC dual capacitor unit shown at left was open-circuit; the LG aircon is shown on the right.
90
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
photos to be sure. The wiring looked the same as the circuit, and since both motors would not run, this indicated
maybe a common component had failed. I measured the
resistance of the motor windings and insulation-tested
them, just to make sure nothing was shorted or grounded.
The compressor motor (COMP) had about 6W in each
winding and the fan motor (MOTOR) measured hundreds
of ohms. Both motor windings were infinity to chassis.
The capacitor (C) was a dual 1.5μF + 25μF 400V AC unit.
The capacitors inside the can were simply open-circuit; I
couldn’t get a capacitance reading anywhere. Most likely,
the internal fuse link in the common leg had failed.
I wanted to run the unit to test the motors before buying
a new capacitor. In my junk box, I found an oil-filled 2μF
capacitor and a similar 30μF capacitor, both with 250V
AC ratings. I patched them temporarily into the circuit in
place of the original dual unit and, when powered up, the
fan and compressor promptly started!
After a few minutes of pulling 2.3A (the nameplate rating is 2.8A), the back air got hot and the front air cool.
That looked promising, so I left it for half an hour. Nothing blew up or overheated and the temperature differential between the evaporator and the condenser (front and
back) was about 23°C.
The open-circuit capacitor sections are in series with the
startup winding of each motor. Without any power to the
phase-shift windings, neither motor would spin and they
just sit stalled and humming.
I checked eBay for 1.5μF + 25μF motor start capacitors
and there were plenty available. I ordered one from a local
air conditioner supplier at $30, including postage. The
new capacitor arrived in a couple of days, so I fitted it and
repeated the test run. The operation was normal.
This unit is probably past its service life, as the base
frame is rotting away with pinholes, but the gas circuit is
still charged and electrically it’s OK. Fixing it was the easy
part. The hard part was cleaning out the rust from the bottom water tray and evicting the spiders and webs! I just
cleaned it up as best as possible.
I am very careful about not moving any of the gas pipe
work. On an old unit like this, the pipes will be brittle
and have no ‘give’ in them; moving them, you risk cracking a pipe or joint. If that happens, the unit loses its gas
and is scrap.
It would have been nice to drop the bottom base tray off,
de-rust it and seal up any leaks. Still, that would mean moving pipes, so I just cleaned the loose stuff out and flooded
the area with rust killer/undercoat to slow the rot down. I
took a fair bit of time cleaning the fins on the heat exchangers with mould detergent and removing any build-up on
the air duct surfaces and fan blades.
All that was left was to refit the cover and strong-arm the
unit back into the frame. As we all know, there is a phenomenon where any cabinet unit grows slightly in all outside dimensions after servicing on a bench! That caused
required a bit of wriggling, and the cabinet needed a few
healthy thumps to slide it back into the frame.
A quick run showed normal performance, so the repair
was a success. This fix illustrates that it is always worthwhile looking at a faulty appliance for an obvious failed
component that can be easily replaced and the whole unit
made serviceable again.
SC
Fred Lever, Toongabbie, NSW.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
September 2025 91
Vintage Radio
The Pye PHA 520 “Colombo Plan”
Radio circa 1960s
The Pye PHA
520 radio was
developed to
help improve
education and
cohesion in
Southeast Asia,
along with
strengthening
‘soft power’ in
the region.
By Alby Thomas
Circuit Description
by Ian Batty
F
ollowing World War 2, there was a
fear among Commonwealth countries that the scourge of communism
would filter from China down through
the Asia Pacific region. A meeting of
major Commonwealth nations (including Australia) was held in Colombo
(Ceylon, now Sri Lanka) in 1951, with
the view of improving standards of
administration and commerce in the
developing Asian countries.
At times, the assistance was misguided, with tractors sent to areas of
labour excess and tiny farm holdings.
While not a Commonwealth country, the USA funded educational programs, scholarships and medium-
powered broadcast transmitters.
The Colombo Plan still exists today,
with 28 member countries, including
Chile and Japan.
As part of the Australian effort to
improve education and cohesion in
Southeast Asia, a network of radio
broadcast transmitters was set up
in Asian Commonwealth countries.
Radio receivers were supplied, with
contracts to manufacture these radios
were granted by the Department of
Supply in 1963 to Pye Australia.
The HRSA’s Kevin Poulter advises
that these receivers were made by Pye
Communications, well-known for its
A close-up view of the instruction sheet which is attached to the top of the case and the Pye PHA 520 dial which is...
92
Silicon Chip
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
The telescopic antenna for the set is attached along the rear edge of the plywood
cabinet. This antenna and a separate Earth stake are connected to connectors
also visible on the rear.
taxi radios, not Pye Domestic, which
would have typically manufactured
radio receivers.
AWA supplied medium-powered
(5kW) HF transmitters as well as a
transistorised receiver similar to the
PHA 520 for use overseas. I have seen
one of these with no ARTS&P label
(Australian Radio Technical Services and Patents), no Australian stations shown on the dial and similar
coverage to the Pye sets. It was similar in appearance to Radiola’s model
893P.
Before that, in the early-to-mid
1950s, AWA provided valve radio
sets for the Colombo Plan. They were
the model 1548MA, a five-valve set
operating from 110-240VAC, and the
model 546PZ, a five-valve dry-cell battery set. Around 1000 of each model
were produced.
Pye was awarded contracts amounting to just over £A245,000 (about
$8,000,000 today) for transistorised
radio receivers and associated equipment. The sets are pretty large at
280mm (11 inches) high, 395mm
(15½ inches) wide and 190mm (7½
inches) deep, with a large 15 × 23cm
(6 × 9-inch) speaker. They weigh just
under 7kg each without batteries.
The cabinet is plywood with a grey/
green vinyl fabric covering. There is
no internal loop or ferrite aerial, but
the sets were supplied with an Earth
stake and a long aerial wire that connected to terminals at the rear of the
set. Power was from six D cells fixed
in place in their carrier by a metal bar.
There is no provision for an external
power source.
The sets tune from 525kHz in the
AM broadcast band to 30MHz (shortwave) in four continuous bands. The
set lid operates a switch that controls
the power.
The set I have (serial number 4244)
was found at a dealer in Geelong
under some boxes of other radio gear.
I thought it was so ugly that I just had
to have it! A two-metre-long telescopic
whip aerial had been screwed to the
side of the set as an afterthought.
Another of these radios (serial number 0882) is owned by the HRSA’s Ray
Gillett, purchased at a Ballarat flea
market, while a third set (serial number unknown) was presented to a Pye
manager, then passing through different hands until it reached the AVRS’s
Warwick Woods.
Other sets would have been brought
back from Asia to Australia by migrating families and will be out there
somewhere.
As purchased, my set was dead. I
had no circuit or other documentation,
so I traced out the circuit, revealing a
reasonably standard superhet with an
RF stage, germanium transistors and
a transformer-coupled output stage.
...using knobs sourced by Alby Thomas (rather than the ones shown in the lead photo).
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
September 2025 93
Unusual was the use of back-to-back
25μF electrolytic capacitors to get a
non-polarised high capacitance. I had
heard of this principle but had not seen
it in practice.
Editor’s Note: this approach is
almost always cheaper and more compact than using a bipolar electrolytic
capacitor
Testing showed that all electrolytics
(11 total) were either short-circuit or
open-circuit. Replacing them all did
not bring it back to life until I replaced
the OC171 RF amplifier transistor.
The set’s construction is robust and
neat. It performs very well, with good
reception on all bands, although there
are not many usable shortwave transmissions to tune into.
Circuit details by Ian Batty
Pye’s diagram follows the drawing
conventions of the day. Transistors
are prefixed with “TS”, while germanium diodes are prefixed with “MR”
(“metal rectifier”). Band change switch
SWA’s labelling was only partly legible on the best available manufacturer’s diagram, so I have renumbered its
sections from 1 to 12.
Pye’s original diagram is very dense
(especially the tuner section), observing the need for compactness on the
page. I have expanded the diagram for
legibility and ease of description in
Fig.1. This has displaced some components from Pye’s original locations.
For compatibility, I have retained
Pye’s component numbering. Legibility problems may have led to numbering at odds with Pye’s. I welcome any
feedback on this, especially a clearer
example of the original circuit!
I have retained Pye’s coil numbering in the tuner coil set. I have put
Band 4 (broadcast) coils at the top of
my diagram for convenience. This is
the opposite of Pye’s placements, but
I have preserved their numbering.
This has placed the coils in apparent reverse order from top to bottom.
For example, broadcast aerial coil L4
appears at the top of my diagram.
Because of this, the 3~30pF trimmers are also designated in reverse
vertical order.
The four bands
In common with other shortwave
radios, band numbering starts with
the highest band:
Band 1 (red): 14.8~30MHz
Band 2 (green): 4.8~15MHz
94
Silicon Chip
Band 3 (yellow): 1.6~5MHz
Band 4 (blue): 525~1600kHz
The tuning gang is cut for straightline frequency, so Band 2 to 4 scales
show equally divided calibrations.
Band spreading on Band 1 (a 1:2 ratio)
causes the calibration to deviate, so
Band 1’s scale is not equally divided.
The tuner circuit
The tuner section, in common with
multi-band equipment, is complex at
first glance. It’s also complex at second glance. The aerial circuit and local
oscillator circuits, especially, switch
different component configurations for
each band in addition to the expected
changes in coil sets.
SWA/1 conveys the incoming RF
signal to the selected aerial transformer, L1 (14~30MHz) to A4 (Broadcast). A series capacitor (C2, 220pF) is
connected for all bands except Band
1. This series capacitor compensates
for an aerial that is shorter than the
ideal quarter-wavelength for the broadcast band.
Bands 2, 3 and 4 give the usual 1:3
ratio for frequency coverage. Band 1’s
coverage, in contrast, is only about 1:2.
This demands a reduction in the tuning gang’s capacitance swing. Capacitor C7 (180pF) pads Band 1’s aerial
circuit, reducing its span to 1:2. Band
1’s RF transformer is also padded by
180pF capacitor C20.
SWA/2 connects the signal from the
appropriate aerial transformer to the
base of RF amplifier transistor TS1.
This connection also conveys bias
from the automatic gain control (AGC)
line, via the selected transformer, to
TS1’s base.
SWA/3 connects the appropriate
transformer to the tuning gang’s aerial
section, C9. All inductors in the coil set
are closely packed, creating the possibility of interaction between selected
and unselected coils. SWA/4 shorts
out the other three unselected aerial
transformers to prevent interaction.
The tappings on RF transformers L5
to L8 are driven from TS1’s collector,
as selected by SWA/7. The tappings
match the medium-to-high collector
impedance of TS1 to the higher impedance of the selected RF transformer,
ensuring maximum selectivity.
Although TS1 operates as a common-
emitter amplifier, it is not neutralised
for two reasons. Firstly, RF amplifiers have low gains compared to fixed-
frequency IF (intermediate frequency)
Australia's electronics magazine
amplifiers, so collector-base feedback
is less likely to load the input circuit
or cause oscillation.
Secondly, Philips’ OC169/170/171
series of transistors use alloy-diffused
construction, coming between the
preceding alloyed-junction OC44/45
and follow-on ‘all-diffused’ Mesa
transistors such as the AF139. The
alloy-diffused collector-base feedback
capacitance of some 1.5pF apparently
has no serious effect on this circuit,
with its maximum frequency of only
30MHz.
The RF amplifier gang connects to
its selected coil via SWA/5, with unselected transformers being shorted out
(as for the aerial circuit). The RF section uses SWA/6 for this.
The converter
Converter transistor TS2 receives
both the incoming RF signal and the
local oscillator (LO) signal on its base.
The RF signal from the secondary of
the selected RF transformer (L5~L8)
comes via SWA/8.
LO injection is more complicated.
Each LO transformer is permanently
connected, either via a tap (L11/L12)
or a secondary winding (L9/L10) to
the ‘bottom’ end of its companion RF
transformer secondary.
In concert with SWA/7’s selection of
the active RF transformers primary, the
selected RF transformer secondary’s
combined RF and LO signals (selected
by SWA/8) are conveyed, via 100nF
coupling capacitor C21, to the base of
converter TS2. TS2 works with fixed
combination bias (R2/R3/R8/C23).
The IF channel begins with a bandpass filter comprising IF transformers
T1 and T2, with associated tuning
capacitors (C34/C39), resistors R13/
R14 and coupling capacitor C37. While
any IF amplifier, by virtue of its design
frequency, is a bandpass filter, the term
is usually reserved for circuits with
several coupled resonant circuits and
no amplifiers between them.
T1 receives the converter’s four output signals: the input signal and LO
signal, as well as the LO+ input and
LO– input products. As this receiver
uses ‘high-side’ LO injection, the IF
strip selects LO– input, ie, the 455kHz
signal.
The local oscillator
Local oscillator transistor TS3 (an
OC171) operates in grounded-base
mode. This configuration allows the
siliconchip.com.au
Fig.1: the Pye PHA 520 circuit is dominated by the tuning and band-changing circuitry (the top section). Band change switch SWA is a 12-gang wafer switch with
most gangs having four poles, all shown in the Band 4 position. Most gangs are one-of-four selectors (eg, SWA/3) or three-of-four selectors (SWA/4). SWA/1 is like a
one-of-four selector except it also shorts out C2 for Band 1.
This side of the chassis is where the tuning gang and coil pack mount. Note the tightly packed inductors on the coil pack
at right, and the use of a PCB for the components.
transistor to exhibit constant oscillation to over 30MHz. TS3 operates
with fixed combination bias (R4/R5/
R8). TS3’s base is bypassed to ground
by 100nF capacitor C23; TS3 has a
typical input impedance under 100W.
TS3’s collector selects one of the
L9-L12 LO transformers via SWA/12.
The LO gang section, C38, connects
to the tuned winding of the selected
LO transformer via switch section
SWA/10. As with other tuning connections, unused LO transformers are
shorted out to prevent unwanted interaction, in this case by SWA/11.
Each tuning range needs its LO frequency span reduced to guarantee
tracking between the LO and aerial/
RF amplifier circuits. Broadcast band 4
uses C35. At 470pF, this is close to the
value commonly used in broadcast-
only superhets. As they need a wider
frequency span (less restriction),
Bands 3 and 2 use 1.5nF (C34) and
4.7nF (C33) capacitors, respectively.
In theory, Band 1 can operate without padding – the required 455kHz offset is minimal compared to Band 1’s
14~30MHz tuning range and would
cause only minor tracking errors.
However, remembering that this band
has a limited 1:2 frequency coverage,
band spreading is applied by 180pF
capacitor C32, the same value used
to spread Band 1 in the aerial and RF
amplifier circuits.
The feedback for TS3 is taken from
the low-impedance secondaries of LO
transformers L9~L12.
It’s common for oscillators to suffer
frequency variations with variations in
supply voltage. It’s mainly a problem
with battery-operated equipment as
the batteries run down. The PHA 520
ensures dial calibration by providing a
stabilised LO supply using 4.7V zener
diode ZD1 as a shunt regulator, supplied from the main battery voltage.
Capacitors C11 (Band 1, 180pF) to
C14 (Band 4, 8.2 nF) control the proportion of feedback needed for each
band. SWA/9 selects these, in series
with LO transformer feedback windings.
IF section
The rear view of the cabinet provides a good view of the major sections of the
radio such as the Rola speaker and Panasonic battery pack at lower left.
The converter’s signal is sent to the
single winding of the first IF transformer, T1. This transformer has a single tuned winding, as it’s only needed
to develop the 455kHz signal.
T1 connects to T2 via 27pF capacitor C37, coupling the two tuned circuits. While 27pF seems like a low
value, both T1 and T2, at resonance,
will have impedances close to their
loading resistors R11 (68kW) and R13
(68kW). C37’s reactance is only about
12kW but, considering it as part of
each tuned circuit, it will convey the
455kHz signal from T1 to T2 with little practical loss.
This part of the circuit acts as
another bandpass filter. T2 accepts the
455kHz signal at its high-impedance
Australia's electronics magazine
siliconchip.com.au
96
Silicon Chip
The other side of the radio chassis houses the components.
tuned primary and conveys the IF signal to its low-impedance secondary.
This feeds the base of first IF amplifier
transistor TS4, an OC169.
Like the transistors in the tuner, this
is an alloy-diffused type. As it has low
feedback capacitance, neutralisation/
unilateralisation is not needed, unlike
transistors from the previous generation of alloyed-junction types.
TS4 is gain-controlled by the DC
voltage developed by demodulator
diode MR1. In common with reverse
gain-controlled stages, TS4 operates
at a low collector current (around
0.3mA), allowing easy reduction of its
stage gain on strong signals.
TS4 feeds the tuned primary of T3,
shunted by 18kW resistor R18. T3’s
secondary feeds the base of second IF
amplifier TS5, another OC169. This
operates with fixed bias at a collector
current of around 5mA, giving full
gain with no AGC control. TS4 feeds
the untapped, tuned primary of T4,
whose secondary feeds demodulator
diode MR1, a germanium OA90.
MR1 demodulates the 455kHz IF
signal, which is filtered principally
by 22nF capacitor C52, with additional filtering by 100W resistor R25
and 22nF C54.
MR1 also feeds the AGC line via
1.5kW resistor R24. The low-pass filter formed by R24 and back-to-back
25μF capacitors C47/C48 removes
the audio signal. Electrolytic capacitors are ineffective at high frequencies, so a ceramic capacitor (22nF,
C52) is added in parallel to C47/C48
to ensure complete filtering of the IF
siliconchip.com.au
signal and prevent feedback in the
high-gain IF strip.
The back-to-back connection of C47
and C48 allows for the AGC line (a negative voltage in most designs) going
positive with very strong signals. A
second filter section (1.5kW resistor
R21 and 25μF capacitors C43/C44)
supplies the AGC voltage to the first
IF amplifier, TS3, and to RF amplifier
transistor TS1, in the tuner section.
Unusually, the PHA 520 does not
have an AGC extension diode, as is
common in high-quality domestic
radios and near-universal in shortwave and communications sets.
Both IF amplifiers use ‘single
point’ Earthing. For example,
TS4’s collector circuit bypass
(C49, 100nF) and base circuit
bypass (C40, 100nF) both return
to TS4’s emitter rather
than to ground, as
in most designs.
This gives more
effective bypassing, with the advantage that no emitter
bypass is needed.
The demodulated audio
is coupled via
25μF capacitor
C56 to the base
of audio driver transistor TS6. This
drives transformer T5, which supplies
push-pull audio to the output transistor pair, TS7/TS8. 8.2kW resistor R31
and 1nF capacitor C57 across T5 apply
top cut (a reduction in treble).
The output stage is biased into
Class-B mode by bias supply divider
R32 (3.9kW) and bias diode MR2
(AV2). This diode is effectively a
This shows the other
side of the coil pack.
Australia's electronics magazine
September 2025 97
Table 1 – Pye PHA 520 sensitivity vs frequency for 50mW output
Table 2 – freq vs image rejection
Frequency
Input signal level
S+N:N
Signal level for 20dB S+N:N
Frequency
Image rejection
600kHz
7μV
10dB
25μV
1400kHz (band 4)
70dB
1400kHz
1μV
3dB
10μV
4.4MHz (band 3)
35dB
2MHz
2.5μV
3dB
20μV
14MHz (band 2)
31dB
4.4MHz
0.6μV
2dB
20μV
6MHz
4.8μV
3dB
15μV
14MHz
2μV
3dB
12μV
15.5MHz
7.5μV
10dB
9.6μV
28MHz
7μV
12dB
15μV
circuit bandwidths increase, meaning less attenuation of the image signal. Table 2 shows the image rejection
performance.
IF bandwidth at -3dB is 5kHz, while
at -60dB, it’s 25kHz. This relatively
low figure would have made tuning
easier for untrained operators, and
it’s explained by the unusually high
(nanofarad) values of IF tuning capacitors C34/39/42/50. Such capacitors
are more commonly in the 200~300pF
range.
The AGC is effective. A signal
increase of 78dB is needed for a 6dB
rise in audio output. The set went
into overload with an input signal of
around 200mV.
The audio response from the volume control to the speaker is 110Hz
to 9kHz, while from the antenna to the
speaker, it is 50Hz to 2.7kHz.
Total harmonic distortion (THD)
was only 2% for a 50mW output, and
the same at 10mW, a sign that crossover distortion is well controlled. The
maximum audio output at clipping is
around 350mW.
So, would I buy one? I would, if only
to repeat Alby’s exercise of rescuing it
from obscurity. If you come across one,
I reckon you should, too!
transistor with its base tied to its collector. This creates a low-voltage supply that delivers the correct bias for
TS7/TS8. The AV1 has thermal characteristics identical to the base-emitter
junctions of the output transistors,
giving accurate bias regulation with
changes in ambient temperature.
Feedback from the output terminals
is applied to the emitter of audio driver
TS6 via C59/R33/R30.
The audio output can be directed
to the internal speaker or muted, but
it is always available at the 600W output connector. This allows the PHA
520 to be run at high volume as part
The AVRS
The Australian Vintage Radio Society is a not-for-profit organisation
dedicated to preserving our radio
and related electronic history. Members come from all walks of life and
enjoy the company of persons with
similar interests. Meetings are held
on the first Saturday afternoon of
the month; visitors and prospective
members are most welcome.
Most meetings include a talk by
a presenter with experience in radio
restoration or history, plus a display
of radios and related equipment of
the era. Advantages of AVRS membership include:
● Access to the Valve and Component Bank, where members can
obtain valves and hard-to-get
parts at reasonable prices.
● Access to the Circuit Diagram
Service to assist members with
their electrical restorations.
● Technical assistance.
● Restoration workshops.
● A bi-monthly newsletter.
We meet at St Faith’s Anglican
Church Hall at 4-8 Charles St, Glen
Iris 3146, Victoria (Glen Iris is near
Burwood).
98
Silicon Chip
of a receiving or communications system without the nuisance of adding to
noise in busy workplaces.
The set was designed for simplicity
of operation, with only three frontpanel controls: volume, band switching and tuning. It’s switched on by simply opening the cover, which actuates
the lid switch, SWB.
The set’s condition
The set arrived in working condition, with all the electrolytic capacitors replaced. It had also been cleaned,
so I didn’t have to do much; I just set
about testing it.
Unlike two other examples I am
aware of, this set had black pointer
knobs on the band change and volume controls, with a white ‘television’ knurled knob for tuning. The
other examples used the white knobs
for all controls.
How good is it?
It’s as good as commercial communications receivers of the day, lacking only such refinements as a signal
meter and the beat frequency oscillator
needed for Morse and single-sideband
(SSB) reception. Given its purpose –
receiving shortwave radio broadcasts
rather than being part of a communication network – it’s perfect for its
intended use.
Operators were expected to have
little previous radio experience. The
straight-line dial makes tuning easy,
especially towards the top end of the
tuning range.
Table 1 lists sensitivity figures for
50mW output (S+N:N is the signalplus-noise to noise ratio).
As the RF amplifier adds an extra
tuned circuit at the signal frequency,
image response is improved over
a converter-only front end. This
improvement declines at higher frequencies, as the antenna and RF tuned
Australia's electronics magazine
Special handling
It’s a robust set, made to operate
anywhere, any time, by anyone. Just
remember that it needs an external
antenna to work.
Conclusion
Thank you to Ray Gillett of the
HRSA for lending me his example, to
HRSA member Alby Thomas for his
research into the Colombo Plan, and
to Kevin Poulter for his recollections
of Pye manufacturing.
I’d also like to thank Warwick
Woods of the Australian Vintage Radio
Society (AVRS) for the circuit diagram,
parts list, parts layout diagrams and
other assistance.
For more information on these societies, check out the websites for the
HRSA (https://hrsa.org.au) and AVRS
(www.avrs.org.au). Also see the panel
SC
on the latter.
siliconchip.com.au
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS & CASE PIECES
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD TO SUIT PROJECT
NOUGHTS & CROSSES COMPUTER GAME BOARD
↳ COMPUTE BOARD
ADVANCED SMD TEST TWEEZERS SET
DIGITAL VOLUME CONTROL POT (SMD VERSION)
↳ THROUGH-HOLE VERSION
MODEL RAILWAY TURNTABLE CONTROL PCB
↳ CONTACT PCB (GOLD-PLATED)
WIDEBAND FUEL MIXTURE DISPLAY (BLUE)
TEST BENCH SWISS ARMY KNIFE (BLUE)
SILICON CHIRP CRICKET
GPS DISCIPLINED OSCILLATOR
SONGBIRD (RED, GREEN, PURPLE or YELLOW)
DUAL RF AMPLIFIER (GREEN or BLUE)
LOUDSPEAKER TESTING JIG
BASIC RF SIGNAL GENERATOR (AD9834)
↳ FRONT PANEL
V6295 VIBRATOR REPLACEMENT PCB SET
DYNAMIC RFID / NFC TAG (SMALL, PURPLE)
↳ NFC TAG (LARGE, BLACK)
RECIPROCAL FREQUENCY COUNTER MAIN PCB
↳ FRONT PANEL (BLACK)
PI PICO-BASED THERMAL CAMERA
MODEL RAILWAY UNCOUPLER
MOSFET VIBRATOR REPLACEMENT
ARDUINO ESR METER (STANDALONE VERSION)
↳ COMBINED VERSION WITH LC METER
WATERING SYSTEM CONTROLLER
CALIBRATED MEASUREMENT MICROPHONE (SMD)
↳ THROUGH-HOLE VERSION
SALAD BOWL SPEAKER CROSSOVER
PIC PROGRAMMING ADAPTOR
REVISED 30V 2A BENCH SUPPLY MAIN PCB
↳ FRONT PANEL CONTROL PCB
↳ VOLTAGE INVERTER / DOUBLER
2M VHF CW/FM TEST GENERATOR
TQFP-32 PROGRAMMING ADAPTOR
↳ TQFP-44
↳ TQFP-48
↳ TQFP-64
K-TYPE THERMOMETER / THERMOSTAT (SET; RED)
MODEM / ROUTER WATCHDOG (BLUE)
DISCRETE MICROAMP LED FLASHER
MAGNETIC LEVITATION DEMONSTRATION
MULTI-CHANNEL VOLUME CONTROL: VOLUME PCB
↳ CONTROL PCB
↳ OLED PCB
SECURE REMOTE SWITCH RECEIVER
↳ TRANSMITTER (MODULE VERSION)
↳ TRANSMITTER (DISCRETE VERSION
COIN CELL EMULATOR (BLACK)
IDEAL BRIDGE RECTIFIER, 28mm SQUARE SPADE
↳ 21mm SQUARE PIN
↳ 5mm PITCH SIL
↳ MINI SOT-23
↳ STANDALONE D2PAK SMD
↳ STANDALONE TO-220 (70μm COPPER)
RASPBERRY PI CLOCK RADIO MAIN PCB
↳ DISPLAY PCB
KEYBOARD ADAPTOR (VGA PICOMITE)
↳ PS2X2PICO VERSION
MICROPHONE PREAMPLIFIER
↳ EMBEDDED VERSION
RAILWAY POINTS CONTROLLER TRANSMITTER
↳ RECEIVER
LASER COMMUNICATOR TRANSMITTER
↳ RECEIVER
PICO DIGITAL VIDEO TERMINAL
↳ FRONT PANEL FOR ALTRONICS H0190 (BLACK)
↳ FRONT PANEL FOR ALTRONICS H0191 (BLACK)
ARDUINO FOR ARDUINIANS (PACK OF SIX PCBS)
↳ PROJECT 27 PCB
WII NUNCHUK RGB LIGHT DRIVER (BLACK)
SKILL TESTER 9000
DATE
JAN23
JAN23
FEB23
MAR23
MAR23
MAR23
MAR23
APR23
APR23
APR23
MAY23
MAY23
MAY23
JUN23
JUN23
JUN23
JUN23
JUL23
JUL23
JUL23
JUL23
JUL23
JUL23
JUL23
AUG23
AUG23
AUG23
AUG23
AUG23
SEP23
SEP23
SEP23
OCT22
SEP23
OCT23
OCT23
OCT23
OCT23
OCT23
NOV23
NOV23
NOV23
NOV23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
DEC23
JAN24
JAN24
JAN24
JAN24
FEB24
FEB24
FEB24
FEB24
MAR24
MAR24
MAR24
MAR24
MAR24
MAR24
MAR24
MAR24
APR24
PCB CODE
08111221
08111222
SC6658
01101231
01101232
09103231
09103232
05104231
04110221
08101231
04103231
08103231
CSE220602A
04106231
CSE221001
CSE220902B
18105231/2
06101231
06101232
CSE230101C
CSE230102
04105231
09105231
18106231
04106181
04106182
15110231
01108231
01108232
01109231
24105231
04105223
04105222
04107222
06107231
24108231
24108232
24108233
24108234
04108231/2
10111231
SC6868
SC6866
01111221
01111222
01111223
10109231
10109232
10109233
18101231
18101241
18101242
18101243
18101244
18101245
18101246
19101241
19101242
07111231
07111232
01110231
01110232
09101241
09101242
16102241
16102242
07112231
07112232
07112233
SC6903
SC6904
16103241
08101241
Price
$12.50
$12.50
$10.00
$2.50
$5.00
$5.00
$10.00
$10.00
$10.00
$5.00
$5.00
$4.00
$2.50
$12.50
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$1.50
$4.00
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$2.50
$2.50
$5.00
$7.50
$12.50
$2.50
$2.50
$10.00
$5.00
$10.00
$2.50
$2.50
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$10.00
$2.50
$2.50
$5.00
$5.00
$5.00
$3.00
$5.00
$2.50
$2.50
$5.00
$2.00
$2.00
$2.00
$1.00
$3.00
$5.00
$12.50
$7.50
$2.50
$2.50
$7.50
$7.50
$5.00
$2.50
$5.00
$2.50
$5.00
$2.50
$2.50
$20.00
$7.50
$20.00
$15.00
For a complete list, go to siliconchip.com.au/Shop/8
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD TO SUIT PROJECT
PICO GAMER
ESP32-CAM BACKPACK
WIFI DDS FUNCTION GENERATOR
10MHz to 1MHz / 1Hz FREQUENCY DIVIDER (BLUE)
FAN SPEED CONTROLLER MK2
ESR TEST TWEEZERS (SET OF FOUR, WHITE)
DC SUPPLY PROTECTOR (ADJUSTABLE SMD)
↳ ADJUSTABLE THROUGH-HOLE
↳ FIXED THROUGH-HOLE
USB-C SERIAL ADAPTOR (BLACK)
AUTOMATIC LQ METER MAIN
AUTOMATIC LQ METER FRONT PANEL (BLACK)
180-230V DC MOTOR SPEED CONTROLLER
STYLOCLONE (CASE VERSION)
↳ STANDALONE VERSION
DUAL MINI LED DICE (THROUGH-HOLE LEDs)
↳ SMD LEDs
GUITAR PICKGUARD (FENDER JAZZ BASS)
↳ J&D T-STYLE BASS
↳ MUSIC MAN STINGRAY BASS
↳ FENDER TELECASTER
COMPACT OLED CLOCK & TIMER
USB MIXED-SIGNAL LOGIC ANALYSER (PicoMSA)
DISCRETE IDEAL BRIDGE RECTIFIER (TH)
↳ SMD VERSION
MICROMITE EXPLORE-40 (BLUE)
PICO BACKPACK AUDIO BREAKOUT (with conns.)
8-CHANNEL LEARNING IR REMOTE (BLUE)
3D PRINTER FILAMENT DRYER
DUAL-RAIL LOAD PROTECTOR
VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE Mk2 (BLACK)
FLEXIDICE (RED, PAIR OF PCBs)
SURF SOUND SIMULATOR (BLUE)
COMPACT HIFI HEADPHONE AMP (BLUE)
CAPACITOR DISCHARGER
PICO COMPUTER
↳ FRONT PANEL (BLACK)
↳ PWM AUDIO MODULE
DIGITAL CAPACITANCE METER
BATTERY MODEL RAILWAY TRANSMITTER
↳ THROUGH-HOLE (TH) RECEIVER
↳ SMD RECEIVER
↳ CHARGER
5MHZ 40A CURRENT PROBE (BLACK)
USB PROGRAMMABLE FREQUENCY DIVIDER
HIGH-BANDWIDTH DIFFERENTIAL PROBE
NFC IR KEYFOB TRANSMITTER
POWER LCR METER
WAVEFORM GENERATOR
PICO 2 AUDIO ANALYSER (BLACK)
PICO/2/COMPUTER
↳ FRONT & REAR PANELS (BLACK)
ROTATING LIGHT (BLACK)
433MHZ TRANSMITTER
VERSATILE BATTERY CHECKER
↳ FRONT PANEL (BLACK, 0.8mm)
TOOL SAFETY TIMER
RGB LED ANALOG CLOCK (BLACK)
USB POWER ADAPTOR (BLACK, 1mm)
HWS SOLAR DIVERTER PCB & INSULATING PANELS
SSB SHORTWAVE RECEIVER PCB SET
↳ FRONT PANEL (BLACK)
433MHz RECEIVER
SMARTPROBE
↳ SWD PROGRAMMING ADAPTOR
MIC THE MOUSE (PCB SET, WHITE)
DATE
APR24
APR24
MAY24
MAY24
MAY24
JUN24
JUN24
JUN24
JUN24
JUN24
JUL24
JUL24
JUL24
AUG24
AUG24
AUG24
AUG24
SEP24
SEP24
SEP24
SEP24
SEP24
SEP24
SEP24
SEP24
OCT24
OCT24
OCT24
OCT24
OCT24
NOV24
NOV24
NOV24
DEC24
DEC24
DEC24
DEC24
DEC24
JAN25
JAN25
JAN25
JAN25
JAN25
JAN25
FEB25
FEB25
FEB25
MAR25
MAR25
MAR25
APR25
APR25
APR25
APR25
MAY25
MAY25
MAY25
MAY25
MAY25
JUN25
JUN25
JUN25
JUN25
JUL25
JUL25
AUG25
PCB CODE
Price
08104241
$10.00
07102241
$5.00
04104241
$10.00
04112231
$2.50
10104241
$5.00
SC6963
$10.00
08106241
$2.50
08106242
$2.50
08106243
$2.50
24106241
$2.50
CSE240203A $5.00
CSE240204A $5.00
11104241
$15.00
23106241
$10.00
23106242
$12.50
08103241
$2.50
08103242
$2.50
23109241
$10.00
23109242
$10.00
23109243
$10.00
23109244
$5.00
19101231
$5.00
04109241
$7.50
18108241
$5.00
18108242
$2.50
07106241
$2.50
07101222
$2.50
15108241
$7.50
28110241
$7.50
18109241
$5.00
11111241
$15.00
08107241/2 $5.00
01111241
$10.00
01103241
$7.50
9047-01
$5.00
07112234
$5.00
07112235
$2.50
07112238
$2.50
04111241
$5.00
09110241
$2.50
09110242
$2.50
09110243
$2.50
09110244
$2.50
9049-01
$5.00
04108241
$5.00
9015-D
$5.00
15109231
$2.50
04103251
$10.00
04104251
$5.00
04107231
$5.00
07104251
$5.00
07104252/3 $10.00
09101251
$2.50
15103251
$2.50
11104251
$5.00
11104252
$7.50
10104251
$5.00
19101251
$15.00
18101251
$2.50
18110241
$20.00
CSE250202-3 $15.00
CSE250204 $7.50
15103252
$2.50
P9054-04
$5.00
P9045-A
$2.50
SC7528
$7.50
DUCTED HEAT TRANSFER CONTROLLER
↳ TEMPERATURE SENSOR ADAPTOR
↳ CONTROL PANEL
USB-C POWER MONITOR (PCB SET, INCLUDES FFC)
HOME AUTOMATION SATELLITE
PICKIT BASIC POWER BREAKOUT
AUG25
AUG25
AUG25
AUG25
SEP25
SEP25
17101251
17101252
17101253
SC7527
15104251
18106251
NEW PCBs
$10.00
$2.50
$2.50
$7.50
$3.50
$2.00
We also sell the Silicon Chip PDFs on USB, RTV&H USB, Vintage Radio USB and more at siliconchip.com.au/Shop/3
ASK SILICON CHIP
Got a technical problem? Can’t understand a piece of jargon or some technical principle? Drop us a line
and we’ll answer your question. Send your email to silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au
SMD resistor
power ratings
When ordering SMD resistors, is
there a presumed wattage rating?
Yageo offers as low as 1/8W, and some
suppliers quote tolerance only, with
no power rating. I’m ordering parts for
the SSB Shortwave Receiver (June-July
2025; siliconchip.au/Article/18308);
what rating should I be ordering? Is
it worth stating this in the parts lists?
(T. R., North Manly, NSW)
● Typical power ratings for SMD
resistors are 1/16W for M1005/0402, 1/10W
for M1608/0603, 1/8W for M2012/0805
and 1/4W for M3216/1206. Higher-rated
resistors are available (eg, 1/2W, 2/3W for
M3216/1206) but generally, we will
explicitly provide a power rating for
anything above the ‘standard’ baseline
power rating for a given resistor size.
So, if we have not specified a power
rating, it is safe to use resistors with
the power ratings given in the paragraph above, or higher. The SSB Shortwave Receiver uses M2012/0805 resistors; 1/8W or higher should be fine. If a
supplier doesn’t state a power rating
for such a resistor, it is pretty safe to
assume they will be rated at 1/8W.
NiMH cells can replace
most NiCads
I assume there are others with the
same problem as me: NiCad batteries
are becoming harder to get. This means
that many devices that used these as
power sources (early cordless drills,
dust-busters, respirator motors etc)
can no longer be repaired.
I have all the above devices, but
the one I would like to repair and, if
possible, improve is a chemical respirator helmet that uses NiCad cells to
power it when you cannot be tethered
to a 12V power source, like a lighter
socket or merit socket on a vehicle.
The cost of replacement parts for the
unit is beyond ridiculous; for example
NZ$1280 for the blower unit.
Within the blower unit sit eight
NiCad sub-C cells, which I assume
100
Silicon Chip
trickle charge while the blower is
attached to the vehicle power socket.
An easy solution for me is to remove
the failed NiCad and permanently
power the system via an external 12V
battery worn on a belt. But having
everything sit within the blower unit
is convenient, neater and less likely
to catch on something.
I thought there could be a project in
this, to enable an alternate battery type,
like NiMH or Li-ion, to be substituted
in place of NiCad, with a PCB to control
charging and trick the existing NiCad
charge controller into thinking that it is
charging NiCad. (W. F., Atherton, Qld)
● In general, you can simply substitute NiMH cells for NiCad types.
The charging (and other circuitry) can
remain the same. Early NiMH cells
couldn’t deliver as much current as
NiCads, but modern NiMH cells are
pretty good and so are usually an
acceptable direct substitute.
Using lithium-ion cells would
require a different charger, and these
cells may not be suitable as a replacement for NiMH or NiCad cells in
equipment for various reasons. That
includes their very different cell voltages, ~3.7V for Li-ion compared to
~1.2V for NiMH/NiCad. Li-ion cells
are also a lot more sensitive to overcharging and over-discharging.
3D Printer Filament
Dryer case query
I have built the timber enclosure
recommended for the 3D Printer Filament Dryer (October & November
2024; siliconchip.au/Series/428) as
per the drilling and recommended
dimensions documents, but I am not
sure of the placement of the two ventilation covers. Are there recommended
locations for their placement? Are the
locations of these items important for
the optimal operation of the dryer? (C.
M., Hallidays Point, NSW)
● Phil Prosser responds: I decided
to put these low down at either end
of the enclosure I built. My thinking
process was to position the inlet and
Australia's electronics magazine
outlet at opposite ends of the enclosure, both low, ensuring that neither
would interfere with anything like the
heating plate. I am not claiming these
are objectively the ideal spots, but it
seemed to work well enough.
I run the dryer fairly continuously
while there is filament in it, resetting
it as needed. With a good foam seal on
the lid, I feel it does a good job.
Help designing a DDS
sweep generator
I am trying to design a function
generator with a Raspberry Pi Pico
2W & PCM5102A DAC, programmed
in MicroPython. I want to generate a
sinewave on channel 1 with a phaseshifted version on channel 2. The target frequency is about 15kHz; a 10kHz
to 20kHz sweep would be desirable.
Generating lookup tables using
MicroPython is easy. I am thinking of
using two phase-shifted tables, one for
each channel. I am struggling with the
code, particularly writing from two
tables to the DAC.
Silicon Chip had a project by Richard Palmer called the WiFi DDS Function Generator (May & June 2024;
siliconchip.au/Series/416). That does
everything I would need plus more.
I was wondering whether Mr Palmer
might have a simplified design that I
could use. (M. L., Glenroy, Vic)
● Richard Palmer responds: Lookup
tables writing directly to the DAC may
not be the best way to go, particularly
if a sweep is required. The usual way
of generating different frequencies is to
use the DDS method, which uses a relatively short lookup table and interpolates (usually linearly) between entries
for the exact value required.
The key synthesis code for the WiFi
DDS Function Generator is in the file
DDS.h. CPU1 is just calculating and
adding the next sample to the I2S buffer whenever space is available (line
303). Calculating a signal with a different phase merely requires adding a
fixed value to the phase accumulator
for each sample calculated.
siliconchip.com.au
There is a discussion of how this
works in the project article. There are
also very good explanations on the
web, such as siliconchip.au/link/ac7t
Unfortunately, I don’t have a simplified design; however, the C++ source
code for the project is available for
download from https://github.com/
palmerr23/DDS_Function_Gen
Editor’s note: there’s no need for
two separate tables just for a phase
shift – you just need two indices into
one table that change at the same rate
but start at different locations. Also,
linear interpolation is easy and quick
to handle in software (requiring just
one multiplication operation, one subtraction and a bit shift per sample).
Using linear interpolation means you
can also vary the frequency smoothly
with a single, reasonably sized table.
Capacitor substitution
for Electronic Load
I am trying to gather the parts for the
WiFi Programmable DC Load (September & October 2022; siliconchip.au/
Series/388) but am stuck on the 1μF
200V polyester capacitor. Can I use
an X2 polypropylene capacitor, such
as Altronics’ R3137A? (B. L., Maidstone, Vic)
● An X2 capacitor (whether polyester or polypropylene) would work fine
in that role, but would probably be too
large to fit the board. The Altronics
website says the lead pitch of that part
is 27.5mm, while the PCB is designed
for about half that.
We suggest you use Altronics
R3037B or Jaycar RM7170 (1μF 100V
MKT) if you don’t plan to exceed
100V, or Altronics R2748B (1μF 250V
greencap) if you do. All of these have
a polyester dielectric. You may have
to splay the leads of the smaller parts
out to fit the pads.
Bench Supply outputs
normally float
I built the first version of the 30V/2A
Bench Supply (October & November
2022; siliconchip.au/Series/389). It
seems to work well, other than I have
a voltage between the negative output
and Earth.
It is similar to the voltage between
the positive and negative posts. It is
also present when the load switch is
off. Should the negative and Earth be
bonded?
siliconchip.com.au
Question on Triac variants
I’m gathering parts to put the
Hot Water System Solar Diverter
(June & July 2025; siliconchip.
au/Series/440) together, but
I have been having trouble
obtaining the specified BTA41800BQ Triac.
DigiKey showed several
hundred in stock, but when I tried
to check out, it was shown as
on back order until September.
I had to ask that my entire order
be delayed or pay something like
$57 postage for that one part!
They sent the order promptly
anyway, without the Triac, so I
thought I’d see if I could find it elsewhere. RS Components has the BTA41-800B,
made by STMicroelectronics. Is the missing Q of any significance?
I went back to DigiKey and followed the datasheet link for the BTA41-800BQ
to the WeEn Semiconductor site. I did not get any hits when I searched for the
BTA41-800BQ, only for the BTA41-800B. However, WeEn’s BTA41-800B datasheet
specifies the Orderable Part Number as BTA41-800BQ.
RS Components also has the BTA41-800BRG, which is just a variation of the
delivery packaging (they come in a tube, rather than bulk).
The STM datasheet says that BTA means isolated tab, whereas BTB is a nonisolated tab version, and the B in 800B specifies the sensitivity as 50mA. So I think
it is safe to order the BTA41-800B. (A. P., Norwood, Tas)
● The BTA41-800B is suitable; the Q suffix is not important in this application.
It appears to only be used by one manufacturer (WeEn, originally a joint venture
between NXP and JAC Capital) and indicates that the Triac can be triggered in any
of the four quadrants (4Q).
The accompanying plot shows the trigger gate current normalised to 25°C for
the four quadrants, one through four. Triacs can be triggered in all four quadrants,
although quadrants two and four may require a larger gate current to trigger,
depending on the Triac. For the BTA41 Triac, the gate current required to trigger it
in each quadrant is similar over the 0-75°C range.
It’s a DC voltage that varies with
the voltage adjustment pot. When the
leads on my multimeter are negative
on the negative post and positive on
the Earth post, I have a positive reading on the meter. (J. S., Lidster, NSW)
● Bench supply outputs are normally floating with respect to Earth
to give you maximum flexibility. That
means that if you measure the voltage
between the negative terminal and
Earth, it could be just about any reading within a couple of hundred volts
of Earth, although it will tend to be a
lot lower than that.
This means that you can do things
like connect two bench supplies in
series to get a split supply, with the
junction of them connected to Earth.
One supply has its positive terminal
Earthed and the other its negative
terminal. You couldn’t do that if the
negative terminals were permanently
Earthed; you would be shorting out the
Australia's electronics magazine
outputs of one of the supplies.
Also, sometimes you are using the
bench supply to power a device that
is separately Earthed, and it may not
be via the negative terminal, or if it is,
having the supply also Earthed could
generate an Earth loop that would
induce a low (but possibly problematic) AC voltage into the equipment’s
negative supply.
Even a relatively high resistance
between the negative terminal and
the Earth terminal will normally bring
both outputs down close to the Earth
voltage. You could test this using a
1kW resistor from the negative terminal to Earth.
If the device you’re powering is definitely not Earthed, you certainly can
connect a wire between the negative
output and the Earth terminal provided on the front panel of the supply
to ensure that the device’s 0V rail is
close to Earth potential.
September 2025 101
How to identify SMD
component labels?
It has been a great day today as I
received my copy of Silicon Chip and
also two kits I ordered late last week.
Great work by Australia Post.
One kit I ordered is the Rotating
Light for Models, where I have a
slight problem positively identifying
the voltage regulator and the schottky
diode from the markings on the tiny
SOT-23 packages. Although the diode
is a two-terminal device, it is in the
same type of three-pin package as the
regulator.
A web search for the JLD7 code
printed on the package of what I
assume is the regulator didn’t give
me any useful results. The other part
appears to be labelled 12D. As I can
not reliably identify the parts with
multimeter measurements, it would
help to know which codes to expect.
(S. S., Gloucester, NSW)
● The best place to find the component labelling is in the data sheets. It
can be a bit confusing since some parts
have multiple revisions; for example,
in this case, you need to look at the
MCP1703A data sheet, not MCP1703,
as the markings are different even
though they are compatible devices
(with the A suffix indicating a newer
version of essentially the same part).
The MCP1703A datasheet confirms
that the 5V output version in the SOT23 package should start with JL. So
JLD7 is definitely the regulator (D7 is
a date or production code). We wonder
if you are reading the diode upsidedown since its marking should be D2E
and, by a process of elimination, that
must be it.
It is unfortunately difficult for us
to publish the expected device codes
because they are not standard and can
vary over time.
For example, different manufacturers will put different codes on the same
device, like a BC847. The codes can
also vary depending on whether it’s a
BC847A, BC847B or BC847C, which
may not matter for a particular circuit.
So there might be half a dozen or more
valid codes for a given part, and that’s
before you even get to the sections of
the code that vary between batches.
Unfortunately, it is also possible to
come across two different parts that
use the same code, as they are usually
limited by space to just three or so letters or digits. Thankfully, the chance of
102
Silicon Chip
parts with identical codes being used
in the same circuit is low.
Help with the
Ultrasonic Cleaner
Thanks for all the great projects
you have published over the years. I
have built the High Power Ultrasonic
Cleaner (September & October 2020;
siliconchip.au/Series/350) and am
now testing it, but I would like some
assistance troubleshooting it.
I built the PCBs in a diecast box
together with a 10A DC rated switchmode supply. The transducer is glued
to the side of a four litre metal bath
from Nisbets using JB Weld epoxy,
as recommended. The whole system
appears to work, but the frequency is
four times what it should be!
I measured 167.6kHz at TP2. At first,
I thought it was just a trigger problem
at the counter, but then I confirmed the
same frequency at the transducer using
a high-voltage probe and oscilloscope.
I suspected some ripple on the power
supply could have caused IC1 clock to
run fast, but testing using a 10Ah 12V
battery gave identical results.
I also measured the ripple, but
there’s about 10mV AC (maximum)
and 5V DC at IC1’s pin 1.
I changed the 4700μF 16V capacitor
in case it was not low enough in ESR,
but that didn’t help. While changing
the capacitor, I double-checked the soldering etc; all seemed OK. What sets
the internal frequency in IC1? Could
it be running too fast somehow?
The software in IC1 seems to function OK; I can see the small frequency
changes approximately every 10 seconds that you mention in the article.
I can also ramp up the power as normal. But then it drops back to minimum (not surprising if it is trying to
drive the transducer at such a high
frequency).
The voltage at TP1 seems to respond
as normal. The unit will not stay at
the highest power setting, so I cannot
measure at that current, but with the
second LED on, the voltage is 1.39V,
and with the middle LED on, it is
2.85V. I have tried to recalibrate and
also tried various fluid levels, all with
no change. Thanks in advance. (G. J.,
Panania, NSW)
● It seems the transducer resonance
is not found correctly; the software
automatically tends to try higher frequencies. Here are some things to try.
Australia's electronics magazine
Initiate diagnostics by switching the
power off, waiting 10 seconds, then
pressing and holding the Start and
Stop switches together while switching on the power.
Diagnostics mode is indicated by
all five level LEDs lighting up. In this
mode, the frequency to the ultrasonic
transducer can be manually adjusted
using the timer potentiometer (VR1).
The frequency is 40kHz when the
timer pot is set midway, and it can be
varied from 37.6kHz to 42.4kHz by
rotating VR1.
Further frequency changes can be
made by setting the pot either fully
anti-clockwise or fully clockwise
and pressing the Start switch. When
holding the pot fully anti-clockwise
and pressing the Start switch, the frequency will drop by about 540Hz, so
the overall adjustment range is 540Hz
lower, ie, 37.06-41.86kHz rather than
37.6-42.4kHz.
You can reduce this further in 540Hz
steps to a minimum of 34.88kHz with
the pot fully anti-clockwise, by pressing the Start switch repeatedly with
VR1 at its fully anti-clockwise position. Similarly, the frequency range
can be increased in 540Hz steps by
holding the pot fully clockwise and
pressing the Start switch. The maximum frequency can be increased up
to 45.45kHz.
You can monitor the drive frequency
by connecting a frequency counter or
meter at TP2 and the current draw
with a voltmeter at TP1. You don’t
strictly need to know the frequency;
the most critical measurement is the
current readings at TP1. Adjust VR1
to find the resonance point, where the
current is at a maximum.
For the transducer to be able to
deliver full power, the measurement
at TP1 needs to be 4.2V just below
or above resonance. 4.2V equates to
300mV across the 0.1W resistor, so 3A.
With a 12V supply, this represents a
36W power delivery.
If there is a current overload and
the voltage at TP1 goes above 4.8V,
the transducer drive will be cut off.
This is to limit the power applied
to the transducer to a safe level. An
overload is indicated by the outside
and centre LEDs on the level display
lighting. The drive is restored momentarily every two seconds to check the
current. Adjust the potentiometer to
restore continuous drive.
continued on page 104
siliconchip.com.au
MARKET CENTRE
Advertise your product or services here in Silicon Chip
KIT ASSEMBLY & REPAIR
FOR SALE
DAVE THOMPSON
(the Serviceman from
Silicon Chip) is available to help you with
kit assembly, project
troubleshooting, general electronics and
custom design work.
No job too small. Based in Christchurch,
New Zealand, but service available Australia/NZ wide.
Email dave<at>davethompson.co.nz
LEDsales
KEITH RIPPON KIT ASSEMBLY &
REPAIR:
* Australia & New Zealand;
* Small production runs.
Phone Keith: 0409 662 794
keith.rippon<at>gmail.com
LEDS, BRAND NAME AND GENERIC
LEDs, filament LEDs, LED drivers,
heatsinks, power supplies, kits and
modules, components, breadboards,
hardware, magnets. Please visit www.
ledsales.com.au
PMD WAY offers (almost) everything
for the electronics enthusiast – with
full warranty, technical support and free
delivery worldwide. Visit pmdway.com
to get started.
Lazer.Security
PCB PRODUCTION
PCB MANUFACTURE: single to multilayer. Bare board tested. One-offs to
any quantity. 48 hour service. Artwork
design. Excellent prices. Check out our
specials: www.ldelectronics.com.au
WE HAVE QUALITY LEDs on sale,
Driver sub-assemblies, new kits and
all sorts of electronic components,
both through hole and SMD at very
competitive prices. check out the latest
deals at www.lazer.com.au
Dual Mini LED Dice
August 2024
SMD LED Complete Kit
SC6961: $17.50
TH LED Complete Kit
SC6849: $17.50
siliconchip.au/Article/16418
Includes either 3mm through-hole or 1206sized SMD LEDs. Choice of either white or
black PCB. CR2032 coin cell not included.
FOR FREE:
To give away, one decommissioned and
partly disassembled YUKI KP-480 pick
and place machine.
Contact: Graham – 0458 071 074
Location: Hobart, Tasmania
ADVERTISING IN MARKET CENTRE
Classified Ad Rates: $32.00 for up to 20 words (punctuation not charged) plus $1.20 for each additional word. Display ads in
Market Centre (minimum 2cm deep, maximum 10cm deep): $82.50 per column centimetre per insertion. All prices include GST.
Closing date: 5 weeks prior to month of sale. To book, email the text to silicon<at>siliconchip.com.au and include your name, address
& credit card details, or phone (02) 9939 3295.
WARNING!
Silicon Chip magazine regularly describes projects which employ a mains power supply or produce high voltage. All such projects
should be considered dangerous or even lethal if not used safely. Readers are warned that high voltage wiring should be carried
out according to the instructions in the articles.
When working on these projects use extreme care to ensure that you do not accidentally come into contact with mains AC
voltages or high voltage DC. If you are not confident about working with projects employing mains voltages or other high voltages,
you are advised not to attempt work on them. Silicon Chip Publications Pty Ltd disclaims any liability for damages should anyone
be killed or injured while working on a project or circuit described in any issue of Silicon Chip magazine.
Devices or circuits described in Silicon Chip may be covered by patents. Silicon Chip disclaims any liability for the infringement of such patents by the manufacturing or selling of any such equipment. Silicon Chip also disclaims any liability for projects
which are used in such a way as to infringe relevant government regulations and by-laws.
Advertisers are warned that they are responsible for the content of all advertisements and that they must conform to the Competition & Consumer Act 2010 or as subsequently amended and to any governmental regulations which are applicable.
siliconchip.com.au
Australia's electronics magazine
September 2025 103
If at resonance there is an insufficient voltage at TP1, you will need
more secondary turns on the transformer (or take water out of the bath).
The correct number of turns or amount
of water is when the voltage at TP1
is close to 4.5V at resonance. This
allows some leeway in frequency control to achieve 4.2V at TP1, for 36W
into the transducer when slightly off-
resonance.
If the TP1 voltage when approaching resonance is too high (above 4.5V),
Advertising Index
Altronics....................... 7, 29-32, 41
Dave Thompson........................ 103
Emona Instruments.................. IBC
Hare & Forbes............................... 9
Jaycar............................. IFC, 11-14
Keith Rippon Kit Assembly....... 103
Lazer Security........................... 103
LD Electronics........................... 103
LEDsales................................... 103
Microchip Technology.............OBC
Mouser Electronics....................... 3
OurPCB Australia.......................... 6
PCBWay......................................... 5
PMD Way................................... 103
SC Dual Mini LED Dice.............. 103
SC Versatile Battery Checker..... 67
Silicon Chip PDFs on USB......... 47
Silicon Chip Shop.......... 61, 85, 99
Silicon Chip Subscriptions........ 15
The Loudspeaker Kit.com.......... 60
Wagner Electronics..................... 91
Errata and on-sale date
Boeing 737 MAX & MCAS, August
2025: the MCAS system controlled
the motors driving the trim tabs on
the elevators, not the ailerons.
Thin-Film Pressure Sensor,
August 2025: in Fig.3 on p35, the
S pin should go to A0 and the + pin
to 5V.
Next Issue: the October 2025 issue
is due on sale in newsagents by
Monday, September 29th. Expect
postal delivery of subscription
copies in Australia between
September 26th and October 15th.
104
Silicon Chip
reduce the number of secondary turns
or use more water in the bath.
When you find the frequency range
in diagnostic mode and get the maximum peak at 4.6V, try to set it to the
next lower frequency and perform the
calibration. If that is not effective, try
again with the next higher frequency
from the peak value. If that’s unsuccessful, you will probably need to
change the number of turns on the
transformer secondary as described
above. Once you get a reading of
4.5-4.7V with TP1 at resonance, the
Cleaner should run correctly.
Low-noise motor speed
control wanted
I am trying to find a project or kit for
making a dual-thyristor speed controller that has very low noise and EMI,
rather than a basic, noisy Triac-based
speed controller. (P. F., New Zealand)
● We published a full-wave mains
motor speed controller in the February & March 2014 issues (siliconchip.
au/Series/195) that utilised a Mosfet
instead of a Triac. Speed control is via
pulse-width adjustment rather than
phase control. The circuit essentially
controls the motor with pulse-width
modulated (PWM) DC that follows
the envelope of a full-wave rectified
mains voltage.
In the past, for Triac-based dimmers
controllers, we used a 100μH choke (in
series with output) and a 10nF capacitor (from output to neutral) as an EMI
filter. For controlling brush motors,
any filtering of the Triac switching is
totally masked by the EMI from the
motor, so we don’t tend to use a filter
in motor controllers.
Connecting Frequency
Relay to a fuel injector
I have a Jaycar AA0377 Frequency
Relay Module for Cars that I connected
to my car’s injector signal wire and it
worked perfectly. I then tried it on a
Ford Falcon inline-six Barra engine’s
injector signal wire, and that injector failed to work, resulting in the car
misfiring while running. Removing the
signal wire from the injector returned
the engine running to normal.
After some research, I found that
the Falcon injectors are of the high-
impedance type. I suspect that the
loading of the Frequency Relay input
circuit is stopping the ECU’s injector
Australia's electronics magazine
signal from getting to the injector or
loading it down. Do you agree?
If so, is there a way to match or
reduce the Frequency Relay signal
loading on the car’s injector circuit?
I cannot use the ignition coil signal
on this engine, as it produces three
coil ignition pulses at idle. There is a
tachometer signal, but it is a CAN bus
signal that is not compatible with the
Frequency Relay. Can you suggest a
solution? I am trying to switch on a
water pump above 4000 RPM. (M. S.,
Keilor Downs, Vic)
● Yes, the Frequency Relay input
would be loading the injector signal.
You could include an NPN transistor
buffer, where the base of the transistor connects to the injector signal via a
10kW resistor. Another resistor (4.7kW)
connects from the collector to the 0V
supply. Then the emitter connects to
ground (0V) and the collector connects
to 12V via a 1kW resistor.
The collector signal can then go to
the Frequency Relay signal input. A
BC337 would be suitable.
EA Induction Loop
projects are obsolete
My question is regarding the Induction Loop TV Headphones published
in Electronics Australia, October 1995,
starting on page 68. I am looking for
something cheap to build or purchase
that will allow me to quickly check the
status of a loop. Is this project for picking up sound from hearing aid loops,
more commonly known as T-Loops?
The circuit diagram shows inductor
L1 is 800 turns on a 9 × 70mm ferrite
rod. Where can I get this, or find a substitute for it? (B. A., Dee Why, NSW)
● The EA Induction Loop TV Headphones wasn’t designed to the standards of a T-coil hearing aid loop. Its
output will be a low level if used with
a hearing aid loop. It was meant for use
with a small loop from a TV set’s audio
signal, and is also very directional
due to the long ferrite rod. The Jaycar
LF1010 is a suitable replacement, and
can be cut down to size if necessary.
We published several projects that
are compatible with T-Loops, including a Hearing Loop Receiver (September 2010; siliconchip.au/Series/11)
and a Hearing Loop Level Meter
(November & December 2010 issues;
siliconchip.au/Series/15). You would
be far better off building one of those
to pick up signals from a T-Loop. SC
siliconchip.com.au
“Rigol Offer Australia’s Best
Value Test Instruments”
New
2024
Products
Oscilloscopes
New
12Bit
Scopes
RIGOL DS-1000Z/E - FREE OPTIONS
RIGOL DHO Series
RIGOL MSO-5000 Series
450MHz to 200MHz, 2/4 Ch
41GS/s Real Time Sampling
424Mpts Standard Memory Depth
470MHz to 800MHz, 2/4 Ch
412Bit Vertical Resolution
4Ultra Low Noise Floor
470MHz to 350MHz, 2 Ch & 4Ch
48GS/s Real Time Sampling
4Up to 200Mpts Memory Depth
FROM $
499
FROM $
ex GST
659
FROM $
ex GST
1,489
Multimeters
Function/Arbitrary Function Generators
New
Product
New
Product
RIGOL DG-800/900 Pro Series
RIGOL DG-1000Z Series
RIGOL DM-858/E
425MHz to 200MHz, 1/2 Ch
416Bit, Up to 1.25GS/s
47” Colour Touch Screen
425MHz, 30MHz & 60MHz
42 Output Channels
4160 In-Built Waveforms
45 1/2 Digits
47” Colour Touch Screen
4USB & LAN
FROM $
713
FROM $
ex GST
Power Supplies
ex GST
725
FROM $
ex GST
Spectrum Analysers
689
ex GST
Real-Time Analysers
New
Product
RIGOL DP-932E
RIGOL DSA Series
RIGOL RSA Series
4Triple Output 2 x 32V/3A & 6V/3A
43 Electrically Isolated Channels
4Internal Series/Parallel Operation
4500MHz to 7.5GHz
4RBW settable down to 10 Hz
4Optional Tracking Generator
41.5GHz to 6.5GHz
4Modes: Real Time, Swept, VSA & EMI
4Optional Tracking Generator
ONLY $
849
FROM $
ex GST
1,321
FROM $
ex GST
3,210
ex GST
Buy on-line at www.emona.com.au/rigol
Sydney
Tel 02 9519 3933
Fax 02 9550 1378
Melbourne
Tel 03 9889 0427
Fax 03 9889 0715
email testinst<at>emona.com.au
Brisbane
Tel 07 3392 7170
Fax 07 3848 9046
Adelaide
Tel 08 8363 5733
Fax 08 83635799
Perth
Tel 08 9361 4200
Fax 08 9361 4300
web www.emona.com.au
EMONA
|